EL CHICO RESTAURANTS INC
10-K, 1997-03-28
EATING PLACES
Previous: HYCOR BIOMEDICAL INC /DE/, 10-K, 1997-03-28
Next: MAXSERV INC, 8-K, 1997-03-28




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
(MARK ONE)

[X]      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED: DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                       OR

[ ]      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 0-12802

                           EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

           TEXAS                                       75-0982250
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)

       12200 STEMMONS, SUITE 100
            DALLAS, TEXAS                                              75234
(Address of principal executive offices)                            (Zip Code)

        Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (972) 241-5500

               Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      NONE

               Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          COMMON STOCK, $.10 PAR VALUE

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.   YES X     NO

     The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the
registrant  as of March 4, 1997 was  $24,495,109.  As of that  date,  there were
3,697,375 shares of the registrant's Common Stock, par value $.10, outstanding.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Portions of the registrant's  definitive Proxy Statement to be furnished to
shareholders in connection with its Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on
May 8, 1997, are incorporated by reference in Parts I and III of this Form 10-K.

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]




<PAGE>



                                     PART I

ITEM 1.           BUSINESS.

         El Chico Restaurants,  Inc. (generally referred to herein together with
its predecessor and subsidiaries as the "Company"  unless the context  otherwise
requires)  was  incorporated  in Texas in 1957 as a  successor  to a  restaurant
business  operated since 1940. The Company's  primary  business is operating and
franchising  full-service,  family-style  restaurants  under the name "El Chico"
that offer moderately priced, high quality,  Mexican-style cuisine and alcoholic
beverages.  As of December 31, 1996, a total of 95 restaurants were in operation
in Alabama,  Arkansas,  Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky,  Louisiana,
Mississippi,  Missouri, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Texas, of which
67  were   Company-operated   and  28  were  franchised.   Included  in  the  67
Company-owned  restaurants  were  one  restaurant  under  the  name  "Casa  Rosa
Restaurante",  and two restaurants under the name "Cantina Laredo." During 1996,
the Company opened two  Company-owned El Chico  restaurants,  one of which was a
replacement  store for a store closed  earlier in the year,  and  converted  two
Company-owned  El Chico  restaurants  to franchise  stores.  In  addition,  four
Company-owned stores were closed, and three franchised stores closed,  including
one destroyed by fire that is expected to be reopened in 1997.  The Company also
is engaged in designing and supplying  food-service equipment through its Pronto
Design and Supply, Inc.
subsidiary.

EL CHICO RESTAURANTS

         In addition to offering  Mexican-style  cuisine,  El Chico  restaurants
offer a  limited  number  of  non-Mexican  and  children's  items.  The  Company
continually evaluates and revises its menu to improve its products.

         The restaurants,  which cater to families, are open daily for lunch and
dinner and offer entrees that  generally  range from $3.99 to $10.99.  Alcoholic
beverages,  which are served  primarily  with meals (as opposed to bar service),
generated approximately 8 percent of all restaurant revenues for 1996.

         The average El Chico restaurant seats approximately 200 people, and the
average restaurant size is approximately  5,700 square feet. The decor generally
features painted stucco walls,  complementary  furnishings,  and a bar area. The
exterior  of  the   freestanding   restaurants   reflects  a  style  of  Mexican
architecture.  The Company  believes  that  periodic  remodels are  important to
maintaining the  competitiveness  of its restaurants.  During 1995 and 1996, the
Company began to remodel the interiors and exteriors of certain new  restaurants
opened in 1993 and 1994, including retrofitting of full-service bars, as well as
extensive  upgrades of older  restaurants.  The Company  anticipates  continuing
these remodeling programs in 1997 and thereafter.

         The Company makes  centralized  purchasing  arrangements  for the basic
ingredients  of its menu items in order to secure  favorable  prices and uniform
quality  specifications.  The Company  currently  purchases most ingredients and
supplies  through a single  distributor  under a contract that may be terminated
upon 12 months'  written  notice to its  distributor.  In the event that for any
reason the Company's primary distributor ceases to meet the Company's needs, the
Company  does  not  anticipate  that it would  have  significant  difficulty  in
obtaining food items and supplies at competitive prices from other sources.

         The Company utilizes local  advertising for individual  restaurants and
broadcast  advertising  where market  penetration is efficient as well as public
relations  activities  aimed at individual  restaurants and entire markets.  The
Company's advertising campaigns emphasize freshness,  quality food, good service
and value.  During 1996, the Company's  expenditures  for  advertising  were 2.8
percent of Company-owned restaurant revenues.


                                                        -1-

<PAGE>



FRANCHISED RESTAURANTS

         Generally,  the El Chico restaurants  franchised by the Company operate
for an initial term of 15 years,  require an initial franchise fee of $35,000, a
continuing  royalty fee of 4 percent of the franchisee's  gross revenues,  and a
marketing fee of 1 percent of such gross revenues.

         The Company exercises stringent qualification criteria in selecting its
franchisees.  Among the criteria for  selection are the  franchisee's  financial
strength,  successful history of restaurant business management,  and commitment
to the Company's high standards of business conduct.  The Company's  franchisees
are required to comply with the Company's  standards  and operating  guidelines.
The Company  regularly reviews the performance of its franchisees to ensure such
compliance.

SPECIALTY RESTAURANTS

         As of December  31, 1996,  the Company  owned and operated two types of
specialty restaurants  consisting of two Cantina Laredo restaurants and one Casa
Rosa Restaurante. The Company plans to open a third Cantina Laredo in fall 1997.

NEW RESTAURANT CONSTRUCTION

         Management estimates that the cost of building,  equipping, and opening
a new freestanding El Chico restaurant will range from $1,425,000 to $2,350,000,
including approximately $290,000 to $830,000 for land, approximately $600,000 to
$760,000 for sitework, construction, and landscaping, and approximately $535,000
to $760,000 for equipment,  furniture, and opening costs. The cost of developing
new Company  restaurants will vary,  primarily because of varying costs of land,
sitework, signage, pre-opening, and labor.

         During 1996, two Company-owned El Chico restaurants were opened. By the
end of 1997, the Company expects to open two to four additional  restaurants and
remodel approximately ten El Chico restaurants.

SERVICE MARKS

         The Company has obtained  federal  registration of the service mark "El
Chico",  the El Chico design,  and other  related  service  marks.  The El Chico
service mark is also currently  registered in 9 states.  These service marks are
of material importance to the operation of the Company's  business.  The Company
has also  federally  registered  service marks for "Casa Rosa  Restaurante"  and
"Cantina Laredo" as well as various other phrases related to its restaurants.

EMPLOYEES

         As of December  31,  1996,  the Company  employed  approximately  3,600
persons  (including  full-time  and  part-time  personnel),  of whom  3,500 were
restaurant   employees  and  100  were  restaurant   supervision  and  corporate
employees.  Company  restaurants  employ an  average of  approximately  50 to 60
full-time or part-time employees. None of the Company's employees are covered by
collective bargaining agreements,  and the Company has never experienced a major
work  stoppage,  strike,  or labor dispute.  The Company  considers its employee
relations to be good.


                                                        -2-

<PAGE>



COMPETITION

         The restaurant  business is highly  competitive,  and competition among
restaurants serving Mexican cuisine is increasing. The Company believes that the
principal  competitive  factors in its restaurant  business are quality,  value,
service,  atmosphere,  and location. The Company's restaurants compete with many
food  service   operations  in  the  vicinity  of  each  restaurant,   including
restaurants  specializing  in  Mexican  food.  The  Company  believes  that  its
competitive position in certain markets is enhanced by regional name recognition
and  by  its   moderately   priced  menu,   quality  food,  and  a  comfortable,
full-service,  family-oriented  dining  atmosphere.  Other  companies,  however,
continue to open restaurants similar to the Company's  restaurants,  and certain
of these competitors have greater resources than the Company.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

         The  Company  is  subject to  various  federal,  state,  and local laws
affecting  its  business.  Many  stringent  and  varied  requirements  of  local
governmental bodies with respect to zoning, land use, and environmental  factors
have  increased and can be expected to continue to increase both the cost of and
the  time  required  for  constructing  new  restaurants  as well as the cost of
operating Company restaurants.  The Company's restaurants are subject to various
health, sanitation, and safety standards and are also subject to state and local
licensing and regulation with respect to the service of alcoholic beverages. The
service of alcoholic  beverages is material to the business of the Company.  The
failure to receive or retain,  or a delay in  obtaining,  a liquor  license in a
particular  location  could  adversely  affect the Company's  operations in that
location.  Liquor  licenses  must  be  renewed  annually.  The  Company  has not
encountered any significant problems relating to alcoholic beverage licenses and
permits to date.

         The Company may be subject in certain states to  "dram-shop"  statutes,
which may  establish  liability for improper  alcoholic  beverage  service.  The
Company carries liquor liability coverage as part of its existing  comprehensive
general liability insurance.

         The  Company is also  subject to state and federal  labor  laws.  These
include the Fair Labor  Standards  Act,  which  governs  such matters as minimum
wages,   overtime,   and  other  working   conditions;   the   Immigration   and
Naturalization  Act, which governs employee  citizenship  requirements;  and the
Americans with  Disabilities  Act, which governs  non-discriminating  employment
practices and reasonable accommodations for disabled persons, both employees and
customers.  A significant  portion of the Company's  food service  personnel are
paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage; and,  accordingly,  increases
in the minimum wage increase the Company's labor costs.  The Company has managed
cost increases from past minimum wage increases by adjusting prices,  adding and
deleting menu items,  and changing plate  presentations.  The Company  increased
prices 1.5  percent to  compensate  for an increase  in minimum  wage  effective
October  1, 1996 and will  increase  prices,  if  necessary  for an  anticipated
increase in minimum wage effective September 1, 1997. Minimum wage will increase
from  $4.75 an hour to $5.15 an hour.  However,  the  ability  to manage  future
increases depend on the size of the increases, their timing, and the competitive
environment.

         In recent  years many states have  enacted  laws  regulating  franchise
operations.  Much of this legislation  requires detailed disclosure in the offer
and  sale of  franchises  and the  registration  of the  franchisor  with  state
administrative agencies. The Company is also subject to Federal Trade Commission
regulations  relating  to  disclosure  requirements  in the sale of  franchises.
Additionally,  certain  states have enacted,  and others may enact,  legislation
governing the termination and non-renewal of franchises and other aspects of the
franchise  relationship that are intended to protect franchisees.  The foregoing
matters may result in some modifications in the Company's franchising activities
and some  delays or  failures in  enforcing  certain of its rights and  remedies
under license and lease agreements.  The laws applicable to franchise operations
and relationships are developing  rapidly,  and the Company is unable to predict
the

                                                        -3-

<PAGE>



effect on its intended  operations of additional  requirements  or  restrictions
that may be enacted or promulgated or of court  decisions that may be adverse to
franchisors.

         Effective   September  1,  1991,  the  Company   elected  to  become  a
non-subscriber  of the Texas  Workers'  Compensation  Act.  Upon this  election,
excess  liability  insurance  was  acquired,  and an employee  benefit trust was
established to provide for benefits in the event of injury. Indications are that
this election has been favorable;  however, the Texas Workers'  Compensation Act
has  undergone  certain  favorable  reforms,   with  further  changes  expected.
Management reviews this election periodically.


ITEM 2.           PROPERTIES.

         As of  December  31,  1996,  the  Company  owned  20 of its  restaurant
locations  and leased the  remaining 47  restaurant  locations.  The leases have
terms that  expire  between  1997 and 2010,  excluding  renewal  options not yet
exercised,  and have an average remaining term of approximately eight years. The
leases  generally  provide  for rentals  ranging  from 3 percent to 6 percent of
gross restaurant sales, with a stated minimum rental. Under substantially all of
its leases,  the Company is required to pay real estate  taxes,  insurance,  and
maintenance expenses. Construction is in process on a leased site in Round Rock,
Texas with an April 1997 opening  date. A lease has been executed for a location
in Dallas,  Texas for a new Cantina Laredo, with a fall 1997 anticipated opening
date.

         Of the 67 restaurants  operated by the Company as of December 31, 1996,
49 were freestanding buildings, nine were located in strip shopping centers, and
nine were located in shopping  malls.  As of the same date, one of the Company's
28 franchised locations was leased by the Company and subleased to a franchisee,
and 27 were directly leased or owned by the franchisees.

         As of March 4, 1997,  the Company owned four tracts of raw land,  which
are located (i) adjacent to two open and operating Company-owned locations, (ii)
adjacent  to a former  Company  restaurant  presently  leased  to a  non-related
business,  and (iii) in a market where the Company has deferred indefinitely its
plans for  further  development.  As of the same  date,  the  Company  owned two
parcels of real estate,  one of which is leased to a  non-related  business.  In
addition,  there are seven locations that are leased by the Company but not used
in Company  operations;  two are subleased to  non-related  businesses,  two are
previously impaired Company-owned restaurants operated by franchisees, and three
are closed  restaurant sites for which the Company is in the process of locating
subleases or other dispositions.

         During  1993,  the  Company  purchased  a  67,665  square  foot  office
facility,  where it had been leasing  approximately 20,000 square feet of space.
The Company  continues  to office in the facility and is leasing the majority of
the  remaining  square  footage to unrelated  businesses.  A 15,000  square foot
warehouse is leased which houses  restaurant  equipment  and is located in close
proximity  to the  office  facility.  The  Company  also  owns a  tract  of land
consisting  of  approximately  one acre and an 8,000  square  foot  building  in
Carrollton,  Texas.  This  property is utilized  primarily  for the  training of
restaurant management and for test kitchen operations,  with a portion leased to
another party.


ITEM 3.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

         Although the Company is a defendant in various  lawsuits arising out of
the  ordinary  course of its  business,  in the  opinion  of  management,  these
lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company's  business or
financial position.



                                                        -4-

<PAGE>




ITEM 4.           SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

         No  matters  were  submitted  to a vote of the  Company's  shareholders
during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 1996.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         As of March 4, 1997,  the  executive  officers of the  Company  were as
follows:

     Name                   Age           Position with Company

Wallace A. Jones            45            President, Chief Executive
                                          Officer and Director

Lawrence E. White           46            Executive Vice President and
                                          Chief Financial Officer

Charles A. Coope            45            Senior Vice President, Franchising and
                                          Development

Mark P. Lamm                39            Vice President, Operations

Michael E. Sick             42            Vice President, Marketing

Susan R. Holland            40            Vice President, Treasurer, Controller
                                          and Secretary


     The terms of office and  biographical  data with respect to Mr.  Wallace A.
Jones, as set forth under the heading  "Election of Directors" in the definitive
Proxy  Statement  regarding the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company to
be held on May 8, 1997, are incorporated herein by reference.

     Lawrence  E. White  joined the  Company as Chief  Financial  Officer in May
1992.  During the period from September 1994 to January 1995, Mr. White held the
interim  position of Chief Operating  Officer in addition to his duties as Chief
Financial Officer. From September 1989 to April 1992, Mr. White served as Senior
Vice   President  and  Treasurer  of  Metromedia   Steakhouses,   Inc.,   having
responsibility  for  financial  management  of both  Ponderosa  Steakhouses  and
Bonanza Family  Restaurants as well as a meat-processing  and  food-distribution
subsidiary.  From February 1987 to September 1989, Mr. White was employed by TGI
Friday's,  Inc., where he served as Director of Financial Planning and Analysis,
and later served as Treasurer.  Prior to Mr. White's tenure at TGI Friday's,  he
held  financial  positions at Lone Star  Technologies,  Inc.,  and at Ford Motor
Company.

     Charles A. Cooper  assumed his present  position as Senior Vice  President,
Franchising  and Development in November 1996.  Previously,  Mr. Cooper was Vice
President,  Development  since  February  1993. Mr. Cooper joined the Company in
April 1991 as Director of Real Estate and in April 1992 assumed responsibilities
as Director of Franchising and  Development.  From September 1988 to April 1991,
Mr.  Cooper  served as  Director of  Marketing  with S.W.S.  Realty,  Inc.  From
December 1977 to August 1988, Mr. Cooper served in various capacities  including
President of National Retail Properties  Corporation,  a subsidiary of Southland
Investment Properties.

                                                        -5-

<PAGE>



     Mark P. Lamm assumed his present position as Vice President,  Operations in
November  1996.  Mr.  Lamm  joined the  Company in  September  1984 as a general
manager  and  since  1985 has  served  in  various  capacities  as a  multi-unit
supervisor,  his latest  being  Regional  Vice  President  from  January 1996 to
November 1996, at which time he was promoted to Vice President, Operations.

     Michael E. Sick joined the Company as Vice President, Marketing in February
1995.  From July 1994 until January 1995,  Mr. Sick served as Vice  President of
Marketing  for Pearle  Vision.  From  November  1986 to July 1994,  Mr. Sick was
employed by Jack in the Box Restaurants,  initially as Director- Field Marketing
and  Promotion  and  from  April  1991 as  Vice  President-Field  Marketing  and
Promotion.

     Susan R.  Holland  has  been  Vice  President,  Treasurer,  Controller  and
Secretary  since October 1996.  Ms.  Holland joined the Company as Controller in
November 1985 and has served as Treasurer  since August 1990. From December 1984
to  November  1985,  Ms.  Holland  was   self-employed  as  a  Certified  Public
Accountant.  From  August  1978 to  December  1984,  Ms.  Holland was with Grant
Thornton, with her last position being Audit Manager.








                                                        -6-

<PAGE>



                                     PART II



ITEM 5.           MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
                  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

         The  Company's  common stock is quoted on the National  Association  of
Securities Dealers Automated  Quotation System ("NASDAQ") National Market System
under the symbol  "ELCH".  The following  table sets forth the high and low sale
prices  as  reported  on the  NASDAQ  National  Market  System  for the  periods
indicated.


                                              High                      Low
         Calendar Year 1996

         First Quarter                      $  9.50                   $   7.63
         Second Quarter                     $  9.13                   $   7.00
         Third Quarter                      $  8.25                   $   7.13
         Fourth Quarter                     $  8.75                   $   6.88


         Calendar Year 1995

         First Quarter                      $ 11.75                   $   7.63
         Second Quarter                     $  9.88                   $   7.63
         Third Quarter                      $ 12.63                   $   9.38
         Fourth Quarter                     $ 12.13                   $   9.00


         To date,  the  Company  has not paid any cash  dividends  on  shares of
common  stock.  It is the general  policy of the  Company to retain  earnings to
support the Company's growth.

         On February 15, 1996, the Board of Directors  authorized the repurchase
of up to 409,000 shares of the Company's  outstanding  common stock from time to
time in the open  market.  As of  December  4,  1996,  409,000  shares  had been
purchased at an average price of $7.84, for a total purchase of $3,208,000.

         On December 29, 1994 the Board of Directors  authorized  the repurchase
of up to 210,000  shares of the Company's  outstanding  common stock in the open
market.  As of March 15, 1995,  210,000  shares had been purchased at an average
price of $10.35, for a total purchase of $2,173,975.

         As of March 4,  1997,  the number of record  holders  of the  Company's
common stock was  approximately  300, and the Company  estimates that as of that
date there were 1,100 beneficial owners of its stock.





                                                        -7-

<PAGE>



ITEM 6.           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

         The following summary of selected  financial data has been derived from
the more detailed  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and Notes thereto of the
Company contained elsewhere in this report or previous reports.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                          YEAR           YEAR           YEAR          YEAR         TRANSITION     FISCAL YEAR
                                         ENDED          ENDED          ENDED         ENDED        PERIOD ENDED       ENDED
                                      DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 1,
                                          1996           1995           1994           1993          1992 (2)       1992 (4)

                                                                   (In Thousands Except Per Share Amounts)
INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION:
<S>                                  <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>       
Revenues.............................$   104,481    $   104,618    $   97,826     $    88,465     $   51,257    $   90,818
                                     ===========   ============   ===========    ============    ===========   =============


Income (loss) before income taxes....$   (5,051)(1) $     5,592    $    5,581     $     4,339     $    2,912(3) $   (1,568)(5)
                                     ===========   ============   ===========    ============    ===========   ============
Net earnings (loss)..................$   (3,062)(1) $     3,958    $    3,728     $     2,713     $    2,135(3) $     (969)
                                     ===========   ============   ===========    ============    ===========   ============
Net earnings (loss) per share........$    (0.79)    $      0.98    $     0.88     $      0.64     $     0.49    $    (0.22)
                                     ===========   ============   ===========    ============    ===========   ============

BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION:
Total assets.........................$    47,527    $    51,039    $   43,964     $    37,347     $   31,730    $    32,499
Long-term debt.......................$     9,765    $     8,435    $    5,533     $     3,303     $    1,109    $     1,215
Stockholders' equity.................$    26,285    $    32,497    $   28,882     $    24,844     $   21,900    $    22,679
<FN>


(1)    DURING 1996, THE COMPANY  RECORDED A PRE-TAX SPECIAL CHARGE OF $9,421,000
       TO PROVIDE  FOR THE  IMPAIRMENT  AND EXIT  PLANS OF SIX UNITS  SLATED FOR
       CLOSING, THE IMPAIRMENT OF THE CARRYING VALUES OF THREE OTHER STORES THAT
       WILL CONTINUE  OPERATING AS WELL AS A WRITE-DOWN OF CERTAIN OTHER ASSETS.
       IN ADDITION,  THREE PARCELS OF REAL ESTATE WERE SOLD RESULTING IN PRE-TAX
       GAINS OF $1,203,000.  EXCLUDING THE  NON-RECURRING  IMPAIRMENT CHARGE AND
       PROPERTY  GAINS,   NET  EARNINGS  FOR  THE  FULL  YEAR  WOULD  HAVE  BEEN
       $2,363,000, OR $0.61 PER SHARE.

(2)    ON NOVEMBER 6, 1992, THE COMPANY CHANGED ITS FISCAL YEAR FROM THE MONDAY 
       NEAREST MAY 31 TO DECEMBER 31.

(3)    INCLUDES A TAX-FREE GAIN OF $847,000 ON DISPOSITION OF ONE OF THE 
       COMPANY'S SPECIALTY RESTAURANTS.

(4)    FISCAL 1992 INCLUDES 53 WEEKS OF OPERATIONS.

(5)    DURING  FISCAL 1992,  THE COMPANY  RECORDED A PRE-TAX  SPECIAL  CHARGE OF
       $3,977,000 TO PROVIDE FOR: WRITE-DOWNS OF UNDERPERFORMING RESTAURANTS AND
       OTHER  PROPERTIES AND ASSETS,  HIGHER THAN EXPECTED  INSURANCE COSTS, AND
       COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH PERSONNEL CHANGES.

</FN>
</TABLE>




                                                        -8-

<PAGE>



ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

           Forward-looking  statements  regarding  management's present plans or
expectations for new restaurant openings,  remodels, other capital expenditures,
the financing thereof, and disposition of impaired restaurants involve risks and
uncertainties   relative  to  return  expectations  and  related  allocation  of
resources,  and  changing  economic or  competitive  conditions,  as well as the
negotiation of agreements  with third parties,  which could cause actual results
to differ from present  plans or  expectations,  and such  differences  could be
material.  Similarly,  forward-looking statements regarding management's present
expectations for operating results involve risks and  uncertainties  relative to
these and other factors,  such as advertising  effectiveness  and the ability to
achieve cost  reductions,  which also would cause actual  results to differ from
present plans. Such differences could be material. Management does not expect to
update such forward- looking  statements  continually as conditions  change, and
readers should consider that such statements speak only as to the date hereof.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The  Consolidated  Statements of Operations  reported herein  represent
results of operations for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994. The
following table summarizes key results of operations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          YEAR              YEAR               YEAR
                                                          ENDED             ENDED              ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                                          1996              1995               1994
                                                    ----------------  ----------------     --------------
                                                              (Dollar Amounts in Thousands)

<S>                                                 <C>                <C>                 <C>
Number of Company-owned restaurants..............             67               72                 65
Number of franchised restaurants.................             28               29                 29
Weighted average annual sales per
  Company-owned restaurant.......................   $      1,494       $    1,479          $   1,600
Revenues from Company operations.................   $    104,481       $  104,816          $  97,826
Net sales from Company operations................   $    101,698       $  101,628          $  94,901
Income (loss) before taxes.......................   $     (5,051)      $    5,592          $   5,581
Net (loss) income................................   $     (3,062)      $    3,958          $   3,728
Profit margin....................................         (2.9%)             3.8%               3.8%

</TABLE>


COMPARATIVE PERFORMANCE 1996 VS 1995

         Net sales for Company-owned restaurants increased approximately $70,000
or 0.7 percent to  $101,698,000  in 1996 from  $101,628,000 in 1995. The average
number of stores  operating  throughout  1996 versus 1995 increased and weighted
average annual sales per Company-owned restaurant opened the full year increased
1.0 percent.  These  increases were offset by a decrease in same-store  sales of
2.3 percent  including a decrease in El Chico  concept  same-store  sales of 2.8
percent.  As of January 1, 1996, the Company adopted a new convention that added
new stores to the same-store sales comparison in the quarter in which they reach
their 18-month anniversary. During 1996, the Company opened two Company-owned El
Chico  restaurants,  one of which was a  replacement  store  for a store  closed
earlier in the year,  and converted two  Company-owned  El Chico  restaurants to
franchise stores. In addition, four Company-owned stores were closed.

                                                        -9-

<PAGE>



         Franchise  revenue  decreased from $2,082,000 to $1,958,000 as a result
of a decrease in the average number of stores  operating  throughout 1996 versus
1995 and a decrease in franchise  same-store sales of 2.8 percent.  During 1996,
three franchise stores were closed including one closed temporarily due to fire,
and two Company-owned  stores were converted to franchise stores.  The converted
stores are operating under special  franchise  agreements under which payment of
fees will not begin until certain sales objectives are achieved.

         Food costs  increased from 25.4 percent of sales to 26.6 percent due to
an increase in ingredient costs, primarily cheese and beef, and certain menu mix
changes. These increases were partly offset by a decline in avocado cost.

         Labor  costs  increased  from 33.1  percent  of sales to 33.2  percent.
Management  compensation  expense  increased as a percentage  of sales due to an
increase in  management  base pay. This increase was partly offset by a decrease
in hourly labor.  During 1995, the Company  eliminated  the  restaurant  cashier
position  by  changing  to  a  server-banking   system,  and  converted  certain
restaurant  employees  from  minimum wage to tipped  compensation.  Minimum wage
increased on October 1, 1996, but did not have a material effect on labor costs.

         Operating  costs  increased from 28.6 percent to 29.3 percent due to an
increase in advertising  and ongoing  insurance  expenses.  These increases were
partly offset by a decrease in preopening  amortization and a one-time insurance
class action settlement.

         Pronto Design and Supply,  Inc. ("Pronto") is a wholly owned subsidiary
in the business of designing  food-service  kitchens and  supplying  the related
equipment.  Equipment sales decreased from $908,000 in 1995 to $825,000 in 1996.
The 1995 amount included sales to a new franchise restaurant.  Equipment cost of
sales as a percentage of sales remained  basically stable at 84.8 percent versus
86.1 percent a year ago.

         General  and   administrative   costs   increased  from  $9,227,000  to
$9,421,000 as a result of increased employee costs, an increase in the number of
multi-unit  restaurant  supervisors  and  new  training  seminars  for  existing
managers. These increases were partly offset by decreased professional fees.

         Interest  expense  increased from $602,000 to $686,000,  primarily as a
result of increased  borrowings and interest rates.  Interest  income  decreased
from $78,000 to $75,000 due to a decline in average invested cash balances.

         The income tax  provision  reflects  an increase in the FICA tip credit
and higher state taxes.

COMPARATIVE PERFORMANCE 1995 VS 1994

         Net  sales for  Company-owned  restaurants  increased  7.1  percent  to
$101,628,000  in 1995 from  $94,901,000 in 1994. The increase in sales is due to
an increase in the average  number of stores  operating  throughout  1995 versus
1994. Weighted average annual sales per Company-owned  restaurant  decreased 7.6
percent and same-store  sales  decreased 2.2 percent  including a decrease in El
Chico concept  same-store  sales of 2.5 percent.  As a result of mix changes and
certain  menu  price  increases  associated  with a new menu  introduction,  the
Company's  check-average  increased  approximately  1.7 percent in 1995.  During
1995, the Company used a same-store  sales  convention that reflected new stores
beginning when they were opened for the full quarter of the prior year.

         Franchise  revenue  decreased from $2,093,000 to $2,082,000 as a result
of a decrease in the average number of stores  operating  throughout 1995 versus
1994.  This  decrease was partly  offset by an increase in franchise  same-store
sales of 0.7 percent.  During 1995, the Company purchased an El Chico restaurant
from a franchisee and opened one new franchise store.

                                                       -10-

<PAGE>



         Food costs  decreased from 25.6 percent of sales to 25.4 percent due to
a decrease in the cost of beef, avocados and beans.

         Labor costs remained  unchanged at 33.1 percent of sales.  Hourly labor
cost  decreased  as a  percentage  of  sales  as a  result  of  eliminating  the
restaurant  cashier  position by changing to a server-banking  system,  and from
converting   certain   restaurant   employees   from   minimum  wage  to  tipped
compensation. This decrease was offset by management compensation expense, which
increased as a percentage of sales as a result of lower  weighted  average sales
per restaurant.

         Operating  costs  increased  from 28.3 percent of sales to 28.6 percent
due to an increase in supplies, repair and maintenance and property taxes partly
offset by decreased laundry and insurance costs. At the end of 1994, the Company
converted from cloth napkins to paper napkins which resulted in reduced  laundry
costs, partly offset by an increase in supply costs.

         Pronto  equipment sales  increased from $832,000 to $908,000  primarily
reflecting  sales  to a  new  franchise  restaurant.  Equipment  cost  of  sales
increased as a  percentage  of sales due to a decrease in vendor  rebate  income
relative to sales.  Vendor  rebate income  includes  rebates on outside sales as
well as rebates on equipment purchases for El Chico restaurants.

         General  and   administrative   costs   increased  from  $8,967,000  to
$9,227,000 as a result of increased employee costs, an increase in the number of
multi-unit restaurant  supervisors and increased training wages. These increases
were partly offset by decreased professional fees, incentive bonuses and travel.

         Interest  expense  increased from $146,000 to $602,000,  primarily as a
result of increased  borrowings,  partly offset by a decline in interest  rates.
Interest  income  decreased  from $88,000 to $78,000 due to a decline in average
invested cash balances.

         The income tax provision  decreased as a percent of income before taxes
due to an increase in the FICA tip credit and lower state taxes.

RESTAURANT CLOSINGS

         During the second quarter of 1996 the Company incurred a special charge
of $9.4 million to provide for the impairment and exit plans of six units slated
for closing,  the  impairment of the carrying  values of three other stores that
will continue  operating as well as a write-down of certain other assets. One of
the six stores  was an older  store  that was  closed  and  replaced  with a new
prototype  which opened  during the third quarter of 1996.  The Company  entered
into  agreements  with two separate  existing  franchisees to operate two of the
impaired  stores.  The remaining  three impaired stores were closed and are held
for sale.  The effect of the  impairment  during  1996,  excluding  the replaced
store,  reduced  depreciation and amortization  expense by $452,000.  Management
reviews each restaurant  regularly to determine that expected  undiscounted cash
flows are adequate to recover the related  investment.  When expected cash flows
are inadequate, the Company writes down the asset to its fair value.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The  Company  has an  unsecured  credit  facility  with  a  $16,000,000
commitment comprised of a $15,000,000  revolving line of credit and a $1,000,000
letter of credit facility.  The line of credit matures on December 31, 1997, and
may be converted  to a term loan,  payable  quarterly on a 10-year  amortization
schedule,  and maturing on December  31,  1999.  Both the line of credit and the
term loan bear interest at the Company's option of prime rate or up to six-month
LIBOR plus .75 percent.  Both rates are subject to maintaining certain financial
covenants,  and  interest  is payable  upon  maturity  of the LIBOR  advances or
quarterly for prime rate advances.  Principally  because of the special  charge,
the  interest on the line of credit has been at LIBOR plus 1.75  percent  and/or
prime plus 0.50 percent since August 14, 1996 until

                                                       -11-

<PAGE>



certain financial results are met. In addition,  the Company has entered into an
interest rate swap on a notional balance of $5 million, under which a fixed rate
of 6.61 percent is paid against a floating rate equal to  three-month  LIBOR.  A
commitment fee of .25 percent is payable quarterly on any unused commitments. As
of December 31, 1996,  $9,730,000 was outstanding under the line of credit.  The
credit  facility  was  obtained  for  the  funding  of the  construction  of new
Company-owned restaurants,  remodeling existing restaurants, and the purchase of
the Company's headquarters facility during 1993 and has been used for repurchase
of the Company's common stock subject to certain limitations.  The Company plans
to  open  two to  four  restaurants  and  remodel  approximately  ten  El  Chico
restaurants and estimates capital  expenditures  during 1997 to be approximately
$11,000,000, which will be funded by internal operations and the existing credit
facility.

         Working capital  decreased from a deficit of $4,696,000 at December 31,
1995 to a deficit of $5,670,000 at December 31, 1996, primarily as a result of a
$1,638,000  reserve to  provide  for future  rent and lease  buyouts  related to
closed  restaurants.  Cash flows  generated from  operations of new and existing
restaurants and borrowings were offset by capital expenditures and repurchase of
common stock on the open market.

         During 1996, menu prices were increased  approximately 1.5 percent as a
result of an increase in minimum wage  effective  September 1, 1996.  Additional
menu price  adjustments to the extent permitted by competition,  changes in menu
mix or increases in minimum wage may be required to offset increased costs.

ACCOUNTING MATTERS

         During 1996, the Company  adopted  Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed  Of," which  requires that  long-lived  assets and certain
identifiable  intangibles  to be held  and used by an  entity  be  reviewed  for
impairment  whenever  events or changes in  circumstances  indicate the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recovered and Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation,"  which  establishes  financial
accounting and reporting standards for stock-based  employee  compensation plans
(See Footnote F and G to the Consolidated Financial  Statements).  At this time,
there  are no other  accounting  standards  to be  adopted  which  would  have a
material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

         The Financial Statements are set forth herein commencing on page F-1.


                                                       -12-

<PAGE>



                                    PART III


ITEM 9.           DISAGREEMENTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

         Not applicable.


ITEM 10.          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY.

         The  information  set forth under the heading  "Election of  Directors"
contained in the  definitive  Proxy  Statement  regarding the Annual  Meeting of
Shareholders  of the  Company to be held on May 8, 1997 (the  "Definitive  Proxy
Statement") sets forth certain  information with respect to the directors of the
Company, some of whom are also executive officers, and is incorporated herein by
reference.  Certain information with respect to the remaining executive officers
of the Company is set forth under the caption "Executive  Officers" in Part I of
this Report.


ITEM 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from
the Definitive Proxy Statement.


ITEM 12.          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
                  MANAGEMENT.

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from
the Definitive Proxy Statement.


ITEM 13.          CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from
the Definitive Proxy Statement.


                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.          EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM
                  10-K.

(a)  The  following  documents  are being filed as part of this Annual Report on
     Form 10-K:

     1.   Financial Statements: The Financial Statements are listed in the Index
          to Consolidated Financial Statements on Page 16 of this Report.

     2.   Exhibits.

                                                       -13-

<PAGE>



Exhibit No.                         Exhibit

3.1(1)         Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended.

3.2(2)         Bylaws of the Company, as currently in effect.

4.1(3)         Specimen certificate evidencing Common Stock.

4.1(4)         Rights  Agreement,  dated  February  9, 1995,  by and between the
               Company and Society National Bank, as Rights Agent.

10.1(1)        Description of Executive Short-Term Bonus Plan. (a)

10.2(3)        Incentive Stock Option Plan. (a)

10.3(5)        Amendment to Stock Option Plan (formerly the Incentive Stock 
               Option Plan). (a)

10.4(6)        Amendment No. 2 to Stock Option Plan. (a)

10.5(6)        Amendment No. 3 to Stock Option Plan. (a)

10.6(5)        Form of Stock Option Agreement, as amended--Stock Option Plan.(a)

10.7           Profit Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement. (a)

10.9(5)        Lease dated May 15,  1985,  between the Company,  as lessee,  and
               Frank Cuellar and Sons,  Inc., as lessor,  as corrected  February
               25, 1986, and amended July 18, 1986.

10.10          Distribution Service Agreement dated July 11, 1996, by and 
               between The SYGMA Network and the Company.

10.11(7)       Stock Option Plan for Non-employee Directors and Form of Stock 
               Option Agreement. (a)

10.12(8)       1990 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (a)

10.14(9)       1992 Stock Option Plan. (a)

10.15(1)       Employment Agreement with Wallace A. Jones dated 
               November 10, 1994. (a)

10.16(10)      Loan Agreement between El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Texas 
               Commerce Bank, National Association.

10.17(2)       El Chico Restaurants, Inc. 1995 Stock Plan. (a)

10.18          El Chico Restaurants, Inc. Excess Savings Plan. (a)

11             Earnings Per Share Calculations.


                                                       -14-

<PAGE>



Exhibit No. - Continued             Exhibit


21             List of Subsidiaries.

23             Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.

27             Financial Data Schedule.
- ----------------------


(1)      Filed as an exhibit to the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the
         year ended December 31, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference.

(2)      Filed as an exhibit to the Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for 
         the quarter ended June 30, 1996.

(3)      Filed as an exhibit to the Company's registration Statement on Form S-1
         (No.  2-83955) effective June 30, 1983, and incorporated herein by 
         reference.

(4)      Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1 of the Company's  Registration
         Statement  on Form 8-A,  filed by the Company with the  Securities  and
         Exchange Commission on February 21, 1995.

(5)      Filed as an exhibit to the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the
         fiscal year ended May 29, 1987, and incorporated herein by reference.

(6)      Filed as an exhibit to the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the
         fiscal year ended May 28, 1990, and incorporated herein by reference.

(7)      Filed as an exhibit to the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the
         fiscal year ended May 30, 1988, and incorporated herein by reference.

(8)      Filed as an exhibit to the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the
         fiscal year ended May 27, 1991, and incorporated herein by reference.

(9)      Filed as an exhibit to the Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the
         year ended December 31, 1993, and incorporated herein by reference.

(10)     Incorporated by reference from the Company's current report on Form 8-K
         filed on August 30, 1996.

(a)      Compensation plan, benefit plan or employment contract or arrangement.



                                                       -15-

<PAGE>




                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





                                                                            Page
Consolidated Financial Statements:


     Independent Auditors' Report                                            F-1


     Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1996 and 1995               F-2


     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
          December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994                                  F-3


     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for
          the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994                  F-4


     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
          December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994                                  F-5


     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                              F-6














All schedules have been omitted as the required  information is not  applicable,
not  required,  or the  information  is included in the  consolidated  financial
statements or notes thereto.

                                                       -16-

<PAGE>






                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT




Board of Directors and Stockholders
El Chico Restaurants, Inc.:


         We have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of El Chico
Restaurants,  Inc. and subsidiaries as listed in the accompanying  index.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of El Chico
Restaurants,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1996 and 1995,  and the
results  of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.




                                           KPMG Peat Marwick LLP



Dallas, Texas
February 6, 1997



                                                        F-1

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
               (In Thousands of Dollars, Expect Par Value Amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       December 31,
                                                                              -------------------------------
                                                                                  1996              1995
                                                                              ------------      -------------
      ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
<S>                                                                                <C>                <C>    
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                        $   216            $   266
  Accounts receivable                                                                1,154                979
  Income tax receivable                                                                 --                 66
  Inventories                                                                          976              1,100
  Prepaid expenses and other                                                         1,330              1,346
  Deferred income taxes (Note I)                                                       824                 71
                                                                              ------------      -------------
              Total current assets                                                   4,500              3,828

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Note B)                                                40,535             46,209
OTHER ASSETS AND DEFERRED COSTS                                                        681              1,002
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note I)                                                       1,946                 --
                                                                              ------------      -------------
              TOTAL ASSETS                                                         $47,662            $51,039
                                                                              ============      =============
</TABLE>


      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
<S>                                                                              <C>                <C>      
  Current maturities of long-term debt (Note D)                                  $      27          $      25
  Trade accounts payable                                                             4,459              4,384
  Accrued liabilities (Note C)                                                       5,114              4,115
  Income taxes payable                                                                 570                 --
                                                                              ------------      -------------
              Total current liabilities                                             10,170              8,524

LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities (Note D)                                     9,765              8,435
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES                                                          1,442              1,240
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note I)                                                          --                343

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note E)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note F):
  Preferred stock - authorized 1,000,000 shares
    of $.10 par value; none issued                                                      --                 --
  Common stock - authorized 10,000,000 shares of $.10 par value;
    issued 4,750,142 and 4,746,975 shares in 1996 and 1995, respectively               475                475
  Additional paid-in capital                                                        15,925             15,895
  Retained earnings                                                                 18,876             21,938
  Unamortized value of restricted stock issued                                         (37)               (59)
                                                                              ------------      -------------
                                                                                    35,239             38,249
   Less treasury stock - at cost 1,057,760 and 651,744 shares in
      1996 and 1995, respectively                                                   (8,954)            (5,752)
                                                                              ------------      -------------
              Total stockholders' equity                                            26,285             32,497
                                                                              ------------      -------------
              TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                           $47,662            $51,039
                                                                              ============      =============
</TABLE>



  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                                        F-2

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
               (In Thousands of Dollars, Except per Share Amounts)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                                       ---------------------------------------------------
                                                              1996              1995              1994
                                                       ---------------      ------------       -----------
Revenues:
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>               <C>           
  Sales from Company-owned restaurants                  $   101,698       $   101,628       $       94,901
  Equipment sales                                                  825               908               832
  Franchise revenues                                             1,958             2,082             2,093
                                                               104,481           104,618            97,826
                                                       ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
Costs and expenses:
  Restaurant cost of sales - food and beverage                  27,016            25,772            24,273
  Restaurant cost of sales - labor                              33,725            33,637            31,435
  Restaurant operating expenses                                 29,794            29,084            26,881
  Cost of equipment sales                                          700               782               590
  General and administrative                                     9,468             9,227             8,967
  Special Charge (Note G)                                        9,421                --                --
  (Gain) loss on sale or disposition of assets (Note H)         (1,203)               --                41
  Interest expense                                                 686               602               146
  Interest income                                                  (75)              (78)              (88)
                                                       ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                               109,532            99,026            92,245
                                                       ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
            Income (loss) before income taxes                   (5,051)            5,592             5,581
Income tax provision (benefit) (Note I)                         (1,989)            1,634             1,853
                                                       ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
            NET EARNINGS (LOSS)                         $       (3,062)   $        3,958    $        3,728
                                                       ===============   ===============   ===============
Net earnings (loss) per common share                    $        (0.79)   $         0.98    $         0.88
                                                       ===============   ===============   ===============
Weighted average number of shares and share
  equivalents outstanding                                    3,892,461         4,046,489         4,260,292
                                                       ===============   ===============   ===============
</TABLE>










  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
                                                        F-3

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                            (In Thousands of Dollars)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Unamortized
                                                                   Additional                    Value of
                                               Common Stock         Paid-In      Retained       Restricted     Treasury
                                           Shares        Amount     Capital      Earnings       Stock Issue     Stock       Total

<S>                                       <C>             <C>       <C>           <C>               <C>        <C>          <C>    
Balances at December 31, 1993             4,719,973       $472      $14,263       $14,252           $(67)      $(4,076)     $24,844

Net earnings                                     --         --           --         3,728             --            --        3,728
Issuance of common stock under
 stock bonus plan, net                           --         --           71            --            (57)          (11)           3
Issuance of common stock pursuant
 to stock option plan                        23,667          2          249            --             --            --          251
Amortization of restricted stock issue           --         --           --            --             56            --           56
                                          ---------       -----     --------      --------          ------      -------     --------
Balances at December 31, 1994             4,743,640        474       14,583        17,980            (68)       (4,087)      28,882

Net earnings                                     --         --           --         3,958             --            --        3,958
Purchase of treasury stock                       --         --           --            --             --        (2,174)      (2,174)
Issuance of common stock under
 stock bonus plan, net                           --         --           52            --            (53)            9            8
Issuance of common stock pursuant
 to stock option plan                         3,335          1        1,260            --             --           500        1,761
Amortization of restricted stock issue           --         --           --            --             62            --           62
                                          ---------       -----     --------      --------          ------      -------     --------
Balances at December 31, 1995             4,746,975        475       15,895        21,938            (59)       (5,752)      32,497


Net loss                                         --         --           --        (3,062)            --            --       (3,062)
Purchase of treasury stock                       --         --           --            --             --        (3,208)      (3,208)
Issuance of common stock under
  stock bonus plan, net                          --         --           16            --            (40)            6          (18)
Issuance of common stock pursuant
  to stock option plan                        3,167         --           14            --             --            --           14
Amortization of restricted stock issue           --         --           --            --             62            --           62
                                       ------------   --------   ----------    ----------   ------------   -----------   ----------
Balances at December 31, 1996             4,750,142       $475      $15,925       $18,876           $(37)      $(8,954)     $26,285
                                       ============   ========   ==========    ==========   ============   ===========   ==========
</TABLE>












  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
                                                        F-4

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                            (In Thousands of Dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                                                         1996            1995            1994
                                                                       ---------       ---------       ---------
Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>             <C>        
  Net (loss) earnings                                               $     (3,062)    $     3,958     $     3,728
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to
    net cash provided by operating activities:
       Special Charge                                                      9,421              --              --
       Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment             5,315           5,107           4,831
       Amortization of deferred costs                                        697           1,333           1,257
       (Gain) loss on sale or disposition of assets                       (1,203)             --              41
       Deferred income taxes                                              (3,042)             23             419
       Increase in accounts receivable                                      (175)           (127)           (155)
       Decrease (increase) in income tax receivable                           66             (66)            792
       Decrease in inventories                                               124              89             120
       Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other                      16            (103)           (385)
       Increase in other assets and deferred costs                          (401)         (1,242)         (1,133)
       Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable and accrued
           liabilities                                                      (822)            376            (353)
       Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable                           570            (173)            173
       Increase in other long-term liabilities                               202             314             254
       Other                                                                 238             412             125
         Net cash provided by operating activities                         7,944           9,901           9,714
                                                                   -------------    ------------    ------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                             1,445              --           1,449
  Purchases of property and equipment                                     (7,595)        (13,015)        (13,784)
         Net cash used in investing activities                            (6,150)        (13,015)        (12,335)
                                                                   -------------    ------------    ------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Borrowings of long-term debt                                             1,355           2,925           2,250
  Repayment of long-term debt                                                (23)            (20)            (18)
  Purchase of treasury stock                                              (3,208)         (2,174)             --
  Proceeds from note receivable                                               --             245              --
  Issuance of common stock                                                    32           1,677             273
                                                                   -------------    ------------    ------------
         Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities              (1,844)          2,653           2,505
                                                                   -------------    ------------    ------------
         NET DECREASE IN CASH                                                (50)           (461)           (116)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                               266             727             843
                                                                   -------------    ------------    ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                            $        216     $       266     $       727
                                                                   =============    ============    ============

Supplemental  disclosures  of cash flow  information:  Cash paid during the year
     for:
       Interest (net of amount capitalized)                         $        593     $       551     $        99
                                                                   =============    ============    ============
       Income taxes                                                 $        477     $     1,911     $     1,010
                                                                   =============    ============    ============
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
                                                        F-5

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994


NOTE A - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation
     of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows:

     Principles of Consolidation

     The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts of El Chico
     Restaurants,  Inc. and its  subsidiaries  (the  Company).  All  significant
     intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

     Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments  purchased with an
     original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

     Inventories

     Inventories,  which consist  primarily of food products,  are stated at the
     lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined using the first-in,  first-out
     method.

     Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation and amortization
     are  provided in amounts  sufficient  to amortize  the cost of  depreciable
     assets to  operations  over their  estimated  service  lives of three to 30
     years.   Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over  the  lives  of  the
     respective  leases,  including  renewal periods when the Company intends to
     exercise  renewal  options,  or the  service  lives  of  the  improvements,
     whichever is shorter.  The straight-line method of depreciation is followed
     for  substantially  all  assets for  financial  reporting  purposes,  while
     accelerated methods are used for tax purposes.

     Interest is capitalized with the construction of new restaurants as part of
     the asset to which it relates.  Interest  capitalized during 1996, 1995 and
     1994 was not material.

     Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of

     The Company  adopted the  provisions  of SFAS No. 121,  Accounting  for the
     Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed
     Of, on January 1, 1996. This Statement  requires that long-lived assets and
     certain identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events
     or changes in  circumstances  indicate that the carrying amount of an asset
     may not be  recoverable.  Recoverability  of  assets to be held and used is
     measured by a comparison  of the carrying  amount of an asset to future net
     cash  flows  expected  to be  generated  by the asset.  If such  assets are
     considered to be impaired,  the  impairment to be recognized is measured by
     the amount by which the carrying  amount of the assets exceed the estimated
     fair value of the  assets.  Assets to be  disposed  of are  reported at the
     lower of the carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell.

                                                        F-6

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED



     Preopening Costs

     Restaurant preopening costs,  comprised primarily of the cost of hiring and
     training restaurant employees, are amortized over the initial twelve months
     of a restaurant's operations.

     Franchise Fee Revenue

     Franchise  fee  revenue  is  recognized  when  all  material   services  or
     conditions  relating  to the sale  have  been  substantially  performed  or
     satisfied by the Company, but no sooner than the commencement of operations
     by the  franchisee.  Franchise  revenues  for each period  presented in the
     consolidated statement of operations relate substantially to royalties paid
     by franchisees.

     Income Taxes

     The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method.
     Under the asset and liability  method,  deferred tax assets and liabilities
     are recognized for the future tax consequences  attributable to differences
     between the financial  statement  carrying  amounts of existing  assets and
     liabilities  and their  respective  tax  bases.  Deferred  tax  assets  and
     liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax rates  expected to apply to
     taxable  income  in the  years in which  those  temporary  differences  are
     expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and
     liabilities  of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period
     that includes the enactment date.

     Earnings Per Common Share

     Earnings  per  common  share are based on the  weighted  average  number of
     shares  and  common  share  equivalents   outstanding  during  each  period
     determined   using  the  treasury   stock  method.   Primary  common  share
     equivalents are determined  based on the average market price exceeding the
     exercise  price of the stock  options  while fully  diluted are  determined
     based on the higher of the average or the ending market price exceeding the
     exercise price of the stock options.

     Stock Option Plan

     Prior to January 1, 1996,  the Company  accounted for its stock option plan
     in accordance  with the provisions of Accounting  Principles  Board ("APB")
     Opinion  No. 25,  Accounting  for Stock  Issued to  Employees,  and related
     interpretations.  As such,  compensation  expense  would be recorded on the
     date of grant only if the  current  market  price of the  underlying  stock
     exceeded the exercise  price.  On January 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS
     No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, which permits entities to
     recognize  as  expense  over  the  vesting  period  the  fair  value of all
     stock-based awards on the date of grant.  Alternatively,  SFAS No. 123 also
     allows  entities to continue to apply the  provisions of APB Opinion No. 25
     and  provide  pro  forma  net  income  and pro  forma  earnings  per  share
     disclosures  for employee stock option grants made in 1995 and future years
     as if the fair-value-based method defined in SFAS No. 123 has been applied.
     The Company has elected to continue to apply the  provisions of APB Opinion
     No. 25 and provide the pro forma disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123.

                                                        F-7

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED



NOTE A - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Continued

Use of Estimates

     Management  of the Company has made a number of estimates  and  assumptions
     relating to the reporting of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and
     the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  to prepare  these
     consolidated  financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
     accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


NOTE B - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consists of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                December 31,
                                                      --------------------------------
                                                          1996                1995
                                                      ------------        ------------
                                                               (In Thousands)                                                      
<S>                                                        <C>                 <C>    
Land                                                       $ 7,125             $ 7,732
Buildings and improvements                                  16,918              16,136
Leasehold improvements                                      24,230              27,878
Equipment, furniture and fixtures                           18,777              17,871
Construction in progress                                       492                 438
                                                      ------------        ------------
                                                            67,542              70,055
   Less accumulated depreciation
       and amortization                                    (27,007)            (23,846)
                                                      ------------        ------------
                                                           $40,535             $46,209
                                                      ============        ============
</TABLE>


NOTE C - ACCRUED LIABILITIES

     Accrued liabilities consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                December 31,
                                                      --------------------------------
                                                              1996                1995
                                                      ------------       -------------
                                                               (In Thousands)                                                      
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>   
Compensation and related taxes                              $1,119              $1,689
Special charge                                               1,638                  --
Taxes, other than income and payroll                           979                 838
Insurance claims and administration                            607                 750
Rent                                                           232                 353
Other                                                          539                 485
                                                      ------------       -------------
                                                            $5,114              $4,115
                                                      ============       =============
</TABLE>



                                                        F-8

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED



NOTE D - LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt consists of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            December 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                           1996               1995
                                                                   ------------      -------------
                                                                           (In Thousands)                                        
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>   
Note payable to a bank under credit facility (see below)                 $9,730             $8,375
Other                                                                        62                 85
                                                                   ------------      -------------
                                                                          9,792              8,460
   Less current maturities                                                  (27)               (25)
                                                                   ------------      -------------
                                                                         $9,765             $8,435
                                                                   ============      =============
</TABLE>


     The Company has an unsecured credit facility with a $16,000,000  commitment
     comprised of a $15,000,000 revolving line of credit and a $1,000,000 letter
     of credit  facility.  The line of credit  matures on December 31, 1997, and
     may  be  converted  to  a  term  loan,   payable  quarterly  on  a  10-year
     amortization  schedule,  and maturing on December 31, 1999, and accordingly
     has been classified as non-current in the accompanying  balance sheet. Both
     the line of credit and the term loan bear interest at the Company's  option
     of prime rate or up to  six-month  LIBOR plus .75  percent.  Both rates are
     subject to maintaining certain financial covenants, and interest is payable
     upon maturity of the LIBOR  advances or quarterly for prime rate  advances.
     Principally  because of the  special  charge,  the  interest on the line of
     credit has been at LIBOR plus 1.75  percent  and/or prime plus 0.50 percent
     since August 14, 1996 until certain financial results are met. In addition,
     the  Company  has  entered  into an  interest  rate swap  (not for  trading
     purposes,  but to manage well  defined  interest  rate risks) on a notional
     balance of $5  million,  under  which a fixed rate of 6.61  percent is paid
     against a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR. A commitment fee of .25
     percent is payable quarterly on any unused commitments.

     As of December 31, 1996, the line of credit bore interest as follows:


$5,000,000       8.34%        LIBOR plus 1.75 percent plus 1.06 (SWAP)
 4,000,000       7.28%        LIBOR plus 1.75 percent
   730,000       8.75%        Prime plus 0.5 percent
- -----------
$9,730,000
===========

     Scheduled  maturities  of  long-term  debt as of  December  31, 1996 are as
follows (in thousands):


Fiscal Year
1997                                   $    27
1998                                     1,001
1999                                     8,764
                                        $9,792
                                   ===========


                                                        F-9

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED



NOTE E - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The Company  leases land,  buildings  and  equipment  under  noncancellable
     operating leases expiring at various dates through 2010. The following is a
     schedule of minimum rental payments under such leases (in thousands):


1997                           3,622
1998                           3,027
1999                           2,748
2000                           2,247
2001                           1,890
Thereafter                     6,288
                             $19,822
                        ============

     Most land and building  lease  agreements  provide for  contingent  rentals
     based  on  sales.  Rental  expense  for  all  leases  was  as  follows  (in
     thousands):


                                         Year Ended December 31,
                           ---------------------------------------------------
                               1996                1995               1994
                           -------------       ------------       ------------
Minimum rentals                   $3,487             $3,262             $2,805
Contingent rentals                   368                510                645
                                  $3,855             $3,772             $3,450
                           =============       ============       ============

    The  Company is a  defendant  in various  lawsuits  arising in the  ordinary
    course  of its  business.  The  majority  of  these  suits  are  covered  by
    insurance. In the opinion of management,  none of these lawsuits will have a
    material  adverse  effect,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  upon  the
    Company's financial position or results of operations.




                                                       F-10

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED



NOTE F - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

    On May 2, 1996, the  shareholders  approved the El Chico  Restaurants,  Inc.
    1995 Stock Plan ("the 1995 Plan"),  which replaced and canceled all previous
    shares and  options  available  for grant and  reserved  400,000  shares for
    future grant.  As of December 31, 1996 there were 207,062  shares  available
    for grant and options  covering  366,609 were  exercisable at prices ranging
    from $3.16 to $12.13.
    Transactions during 1996, 1995, and 1994 were as follows:


                                                                     Weighted
                                                                     Average
                                                  Shares          Exercise Price
                                              ------------        --------------


Options outstanding at December 31, 1993           825,670        $       9.23
   Granted                                         260,000               12.08
   Exercised                                       (23,667)               7.77
   Forfeited                                      (342,001)               9.62
                                              ------------        --------------

Options outstanding at December 31, 1994           720,002               10.12
   Granted                                          98,500               10.46
   Exercised                                      (170,001)               9.50
   Forfeited                                       (10,000)              11.00

Options outstanding at December 31, 1995           638,501               10.33
   Granted                                         219,225                9.62
   Exercised                                        (3,167)               3.35
   Forfeited                                       (75,000)               9.99
Options outstanding at December 31, 1996           779,559        $      10.19
                                              ============        ==============


     The per share  weighted-average  fair value of stock options granted during
     1996 and 1995 was  $4.56  and  $4.90 on the date of grant  using  the Black
     Scholes   option-pricing   model   with  the   following   weighted-average
     assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 6.5 percent, an expected life of 10
     years,  no expected  dividend yield,  volatility rate of 19 percent,  and a
     forfeiture rate of 57.5 percent based upon historic data.

     The Company  applies APB  Opinion  No. 25 in  accounting  for its Plan and,
     accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock options
     in the financial statements.  Had the Company determined  compensation cost
     based  on the  fair  value at the  grant  date for its 1996 and 1995  stock
     options under SFAS No. 123, there would have been no material impact on the
     consolidated  financial  statements.  The  compensation  cost  for  options
     granted  prior to January 1, 1995 is not  considered  as it is not required
     under SFAS No. 123.

                                                       F-11

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED



NOTE F - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - Continued

     In February  1995, the Company's  Board of Directors  adopted a Shareholder
     Rights Plan pursuant to which purchase rights (the "Rights") were issued to
     holders  of its  common  stock at the rate of one Right  for each  share of
     common stock.  The Rights will trade with the Company's  common stock until
     exercisable.  The Rights  become  exercisable  ten days after any person or
     group acquires 20 percent or more of the Company's outstanding common stock
     or  announces  a  tender  offer  for 30  percent  or more of the  Company's
     outstanding  common  stock.  The Rights  thereafter  entitle  the holder to
     purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock for $48.00,  and,
     under certain  circumstances,  would be modified to entitle certain holders
     to purchase additional Common Stock of the Company having a market value of
     two times the $48.00  exercise  price of the Right,  or to purchase  common
     stock of an acquiring company having a market value of two times the $48.00
     exercise price of the Right. The Rights expire on December 31, 2004 and may
     be  redeemed  by  the  Company  for  one  cent  per  Right  under   certain
     circumstances.


NOTE G - SPECIAL CHARGE

     During the second quarter of 1996 the Company  incurred a special charge of
     $9.4  million to  provide  for the  impairment  and exit plans of six units
     slated for closing,  the  impairment of the carrying  values of three other
     stores that will  continue  operating  as well as a  write-down  of certain
     other  assets.  One of the six stores is an older store that was closed and
     replaced  with a new  prototype  which opened  during the third  quarter of
     1996.  The Company  entered  into  agreements  with two  separate  existing
     franchisees  to operate two of the impaired  stores.  The  remaining  three
     impaired  stores  were  closed  and are held for  sale.  The  effect of the
     impairment during 1996,  excluding the replaced store, reduced depreciation
     and amortization  expense by $452,000.  Management  reviews each restaurant
     regularly to determine that expected  undiscounted  cash flows are adequate
     to recover the related investment. When expected cash flows are inadequate,
     the Company writes down the asset to its recoverable value.


NOTE H - SALE OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS

     During 1996,  the Company sold three  parcels of real estate  including two
     stores  previously  leased  to two  franchisees  which  were  sold to those
     franchisees and the sale of a vacant, underdeveloped piece of land adjacent
     to a franchise store resulting in gains of $1,203,000.  During 1994,  asset
     values for two restaurants were written-down  $220,000 as future operations
     were not  expected to provide  sufficient  cash flow to recover the related
     investments.  In addition, during 1994, the Company closed six restaurants.
     One restaurant was sold resulting in a gain of $439,000,  one was closed at
     a loss of  $202,000,  one was closed with minimal  costs and the  remaining
     three closings were provided for in 1993.


                                                       F-12

<PAGE>



                   El Chico Restaurants, Inc. and Subsidiaries

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED


NOTE I - INCOME TAXES

     The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):


                                     Year Ended December 31,
                      ------------------------------------------------------
                           1996                1995                1994
                      --------------      --------------      --------------
Expense (Benefit)
Federal:
   Current                      $934              $1,536              $1,258
   Deferred                   (3,042)                 23                 419
State                            119                  75                 176
                             ($1,989)             $1,634              $1,853
                      ==============      ==============      ==============

    The types of temporary  differences  between the tax and financial reporting
    bases of assets and  liabilities  that give rise to the deferred  income tax
    assets  (liabilities)  and their  related  tax  effects  are as follows  (in
    thousands):


                                                     December 31,
                                              ---------------------------
                                                 1996            1995
                                              ----------      -----------
Deferred tax assets:
   Special charge (Note G)                        $3,026              $--
   FICA tip credit                                   252               --
   Insurance reserves                                235              362
   Deferred compensation                             161              125
   Provision for restaurant closings                  65               65
   Other                                             119               12
                                              ----------      -----------
       Total deferred tax assets                   3,858              564
                                              ----------      -----------

Deferred tax liabilities:
   Property and equipment                         (1,073)            (747)
   Restaurant preopening costs                       (15)             (89)
                                              ----------      -----------
      Total deferred tax liabilities              (1,088)            (836)
                                              ----------      -----------
      Net deferred tax asset (liability)          $2,770            ($272)
                                              ==========      ===========

    The Company  believes  that the deferred tax assets at December  31,1996 and
    1995 will be  realized  based upon  historical  levels of income and through
    reversals of existing taxable temporary  differences during the carryforward
    period.

    The Company's  effective  income tax rate differs from the expected  federal
    statutory income tax rate as a result of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                                --------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1996                   1995                 1994
                                                -------------          ------------          -----------
<S>                                                <C>                    <C>                  <C>  
Expected income tax provision                      (34.0%)                34.0%                34.0%
State income taxes                                   1.7                   0.5                  3.3
FICA tip and TJTC tax credits                       (7.0)                 (5.9)                (5.1)
Other                                               (0.1)                  0.6                  1.0
   Income tax provision                            (39.4%)                29.2%                33.2%
                                                =============          ============          ===========
</TABLE>


                                                       F-13

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


       Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized:

                                            EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.


                                            By:  /s/ Wallace A. Jones
                                               ----------------------
                                               Wallace A. Jones, President and
                                               Chief Executive Officer
Date:  March 26, 1997


       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


SIGNATURE                    TITLE                                  DATE
- ---------                    -----                                  ----
/s/ Wallace A. Jones       President and Chief Executive Officer  March 26, 1997
- -------------------------  (Principal Executive Officer)
Wallace A. Jones                       

/s/ Lawrence E. White      Executive Vice President and Chief     March 26, 1997
- -------------------------  Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Lawrence E. White          and Accounting Officer)
                                       
/s/ Grahame N. Clark, Jr.  Director                               March 26, 1997
- -------------------------
Grahame N. Clark, Jr.

/s/ Jack D. Knox           Director                               March 26, 1997
- --------------------------
Jack D. Knox

/s/ Joseph V. Mariner, Jr. Director                               March 26, 1997
- --------------------------
Joseph V. Mariner, Jr.

/s/ Joseph S. Thomson      Chairman of the Board                  March 26, 1997
- --------------------------
Joseph S. Thomson


                                  THE EL CHICO
                                  SAVINGS PLAN




CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                    ARTICLE I
                                                    DEFINITIONS...................................................1

                                   ARTICLE II
                                           TOP HEAVY AND ADMINISTRATION..........................................16

                 <S>       <C>                                                                                   <C>
                  2.1      TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS...........................................................16
                  2.2      DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS.....................................................16
                  2.3      POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER...........................................19
                  2.4      DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY...............................................19
                  2.5      ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES.........................................20
                  2.6       POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR...............................................20
                  2.7      RECORDS AND REPORTS...................................................................21
                  2.8      APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS...............................................................21
                  2.9      INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER.............................................................21
                  2.10     PAYMENT OF EXPENSES...................................................................22
                  2.11     MAJORITY ACTIONS......................................................................22
                  2.12     CLAIMS PROCEDURE......................................................................22
                  2.13     CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE...............................................................22

                                   ARTICLE III
                                                    ELIGIBILITY..................................................23

                  3.1      CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY.............................................................23
                  3.2      APPLICATION FOR PARTICIPATION.........................................................23
                  3.3      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION.......................................................23
                  3.4      DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY..........................................................23
                  3.5      TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY............................................................24
                  3.6      OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE.........................................................24
                  3.7      INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE......................................................24
                  3.8      ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE...........................................................24

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                            CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION..........................................25

                  4.1      FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S
                           CONTRIBUTION..........................................................................25
                  4.2      PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION...............................................25
                  4.3      TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION............................................29
                  4.4      ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION AND EARNINGS...............................................29
                  4.5      ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS......................................................33
                  4.6      ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS........................................35

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                      (ii)

<PAGE>



                  4.7      ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS..................................................37
                  4.8      ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE
                           TESTS.................................................................................39
                  4.9      MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS..............................................................41
                  4.10     ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS.............................................44
                  4.11     TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS........................................................45
                  4.12     DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT...........................................................47

                                    ARTICLE V
                                                    VALUATIONS...................................................47

                  5.1      VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND...........................................................47
                  5.2      METHOD OF VALUATION...................................................................47

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                    DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS...................................48

                  6.1      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT.............................................48
                  6.2      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH..................................................48
                  6.3      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY......................................49
                  6.4      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION............................................49
                  6.5      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS..............................................................51
                  6.6      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH...................................................53
                  6.7      TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION...................................................54
                  6.8      DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY....................................................54
                  6.9      LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN........................................55
                  6.10     PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION...........................................................55
                  6.11     ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP.....................................................55
                  6.12     QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION.......................................57

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                                      TRUSTEE....................................................57

                  7.1      BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE.................................................57
                  7.2      INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE...........................................57
                  7.3      OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE...........................................................58
                  7.4      LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.................................................................60
                  7.5      DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS..............................................62
                  7.6      TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES.........................................62
                  7.7      ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE..........................................................62
                  7.8      AUDIT.................................................................................63
                  7.9      RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE........................................63
                  7.10     TRANSFER OF INTEREST..................................................................64
                  7.11     DIRECT ROLLOVER.......................................................................64


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                      (iii)

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                        AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS.......................................65

                  8.1      AMENDMENT.............................................................................65
                  8.2      TERMINATION...........................................................................66
                  8.3      MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION...............................................................66

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                                   MISCELLANEOUS.................................................67

                  9.1      PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS..................................................................67
                  9.2      ALIENATION............................................................................67
                  9.3      CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN..................................................................68
                  9.4      GENDER AND NUMBER.....................................................................68
                  9.5      LEGAL ACTION..........................................................................68
                  9.6      PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS................................................68
                  9.7      BONDING...............................................................................69
                  9.8      EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE............................................69
                  9.9      INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE...........................................................69
                  9.10     RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS......................................................69
                  9.11     ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER................................................................70
                  9.12     NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY....................................70
                  9.13     HEADINGS..............................................................................70
                  9.14     APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE..................................................70
                  9.15     UNIFORMITY............................................................................71

                                    ARTICLE X
                                              PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS............................................71

                  10.1     ADOPTION BY OTHER EMPLOYERS...........................................................71
                  10.2     REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS...............................................71
                  10.3     DESIGNATION OF AGENT..................................................................72
                  10.4     EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS....................................................................72
                  10.5     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION.................................................72
                  10.6     AMENDMENT.............................................................................73
                  10.7     DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION.......................................................73
                  10.8     ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY.............................................................73

</TABLE>



CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                      (iv)

<PAGE>



                                  THE EL CHICO
                                  SAVINGS PLAN

         THIS  AGREEMENT,  hereby   made  and  entered  into  this  1st  day  of
October,  1995,   by   and  between  El  Chico   Restaurants,  Inc.,   El  Chico
Restaurants of Louisiana, Inc., El Chico Corporation of Oklahoma, Inc., El Chico
Restaurant  No.  20,  Inc.,  Southwest  Cafes  of  Tennessee,   Inc.,  El  Chico
Corporation (Georgia),  El Chico Corporation of Alabama, El Chico Corporation of
Florida and Pronto Design & Supply, Inc. (herein collectively referred to as the
"Employer") and Profit Sharing Plan Administration Committee (herein referred to
as the "Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS, the Employer heretofore  established a Profit Sharing Plan and
Trust effective January 1, 1985, (hereinafter called the "Effective Date") known
as the El Chico Savings Plan Para Su Futuro and which plan shall  hereinafter be
known as The El  Chico  Savings  Plan  (herein  referred  to as the  "Plan")  in
recognition  of  the  contribution  made  to  its  successful  operation  by its
employees and for the exclusive benefit of its eligible employees; and

         WHEREAS,  under the terms of the Plan,  the Employer has the ability to
amend the Plan,  provided the Trustee joins in such  amendment if the provisions
of the Plan affecting the Trustee are amended;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,   effective  October  1,  1995,  except  as  otherwise
provided,  the Employer and the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan pertaining to amendments thereof, hereby amend the Plan in its entirety and
restate the Plan to provide as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.1 "Act" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
it may be amended from time to time.

         1.2  "Administrator"  means  the  person or  entity  designated  by the
Employer  pursuant  to  Section  2.4 to  administer  the Plan on  behalf  of the
Employer.

         1.3 "Affiliated  Employer" means any corporation which is a member of a
controlled  group of  corporations  (as defined in Code  Section  414(b))  which
includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which
is under common  control (as defined in Code Section  414(c)) with the Employer;
any  organization  (whether  or  not  incorporated)  which  is a  member  of  an
affiliated  service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the
Employer;  and any other  entity  required to be  aggregated  with the  Employer
pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o).


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                         1

<PAGE>



         1.4 "Aggregate  Account" means, with respect to each  Participant,  the
value  of  all  accounts   maintained  on  behalf  of  a  Participant,   whether
attributable to Employer or Employee contributions, subject to the provisions of
Section 2.2.

         1.5      "Anniversary Date" means December 31st.

         1.6  "Beneficiary"  means the  person  to whom the share of a  deceased
Participant's total account is payable,  subject to the restrictions of Sections
6.2 and 6.6.

         1.7      "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended  or
replaced from time to time.

         1.8   "Compensation"   with  respect  to  any  Participant  means  such
Participant's wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of
compensation by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business)
for a Plan Year for which the Employer is required to furnish the  Participant a
written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. Compensation
must be determined  without regard to any rules under Code Section  3401(a) that
limit the remuneration  included in wages based on the nature or location of the
employment or the services  performed  (such as the  exception for  agricultural
labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

         For purposes of this Section,  the determination of Compensation  shall
be made by:

                           (a) including  amounts which are  contributed  by the
                  Employer  pursuant to a salary  reduction  agreement and which
                  are not  includible  in the gross  income  of the  Participant
                  under Code Sections 125,  402(e)(3),  402(h)(1)(B),  403(b) or
                  457,  and  Employee  contributions  described  in Code Section
                  414(h)(2) that
                  are treated as Employer contributions.

         For a participant's  initial year of participation,  Compensation shall
be recognized as of such Employee's effective date of participation  pursuant to
Section 3.3.

         Compensation  in excess of $200,000 shall be  disregarded.  Such amount
shall be adjusted as the same time and in such  manner as  permitted  under Code
Section  415(d),  except that the dollar  increase in effect on January 1 of any
calendar year shall be effective for the Plan Year beginning with or within such
calendar  year and the first  adjustment  to the  $200,000  limitation  shall be
effective  on January 1, 1990.  For any short Plan Year the  Compensation  limit
shall be an amount  equal to the  Compensation  limit for the  calendar  year in
which the Plan Year begins  multiplied  by the ratio  obtained  by dividing  the
number of full months in the short Plan Year by twelve  (12).  In applying  this
limitation,  the family group of a Highly Compensated Participant who is subject
to the Family Member  aggregation  rules of Code Section  414(q)(6) because such
Participant  is either a "five percent  owner" of the Employer or one of the ten
(10) Highly Compensated  Employees paid the greatest "415  Compensation"  during
the year, shall be treated as a single Participant, except that for this purpose
Family  Members  shall  include only the affected  Participant's  spouse and any
lineal descendants who have not attained age nineteen (19) before the

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                         2

<PAGE>



close of the year. If, as a result of the application of such rules the adjusted
$200,000 limitation is exceeded, then the limitation shall be prorated among the
affected Family Members in proportion to each such Family Member's  Compensation
prior to the application of limitation,  or the limitation  shall be adjusted in
accordance with any other method permitted by Regulation.

         In addition to other applicable  limitations set forth in the Plan, and
notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,  for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual  Compensation of each Employee
taken  into  account  under  the Plan  shall  not  exceed  the  OBRA '93  annual
compensation  limit.  The OBRA '93 annual  compensation  limit is  $150,000,  as
adjusted by the  Commissioner  for increases in the cost of living in accordance
with Code Section  401(a)(17)(B).  The cost of living adjustment in effect for a
calendar  year  applies to any  period,  not  exceeding  12  months,  over which
Compensation  is determined  (determination  period)  beginning in such calendar
year. If a determination  period consists of fewer than 12 months,  the OBRA '93
annual  compensation  limit will be multiplied  by a fraction,  the numerator of
which is the number of months in the determination  period,  and the denominator
of which is 12.

         For Plan Years  beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in
this Plan to the limitation  under Code Section  401(a)(17)  shall mean the OBRA
'93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

         If  Compensation  for any  prior  determination  period  is taken  into
account in determining an Employee's benefits accruing in the current Plan Year,
the Compensation for that prior determination  period is subject to the OBRA '93
annual  compensation  limit in effect for that prior  determination  period. For
this purpose,  for  determination  periods beginning before the first day of the
first Plan Year  beginning  on or after  January  1,  1994,  the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit is $150,000.

         If, as a result of such rules,  the maximum "annual  addition" limit of
Section 4.9(a) would be exceeded for one or more of the affected Family Members,
the prorated  Compensation  of all affected  Family Members shall be adjusted to
avoid or reduce any excess.  The prorated  Compensation  of any affected  Family
Member whose allocation would exceed the limit shall be adjusted downward to the
level  needed  to  provide  an  allocation  equal to such  limit.  The  prorated
Compensation  of affected  Family  Members are not  affected by such limit shall
then be  adjusted  upward on a pro rata basis not to exceed  each such  affected
Family Member's  Compensation  as determined  prior to application of the Family
Member rule. The resulting allocation shall not exceed such individual's maximum
"annual addition" limit. If, after these  adjustments,  an "excess amount" still
results,  such "excess  amount" shall be disposed of in the manner  described in
Section 4.10(a) pro rata among all affected Family Members.

         For purposes of this Section,  if the Plan is a plan  described in Code
Section  413(c) or 414(f) (a plan  maintained  by more than one  Employer),  the
$200,000  limitation  applies separately with respect to the Compensation of any
Participant from each Employer maintaining the Plan.

         If, in connection with the adoption of this amendment and  restatement,
the definition of Compensation has been modified,  then, for Plan Years prior to
the Plan Year which includes the

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                         3

<PAGE>



adoption date of this amendment and restatement, Compensation means compensation
determined pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

         For Plan Years  beginning  prior to January 1, 1989, the $200,000 limit
(without  regard to Family  Member  aggregation)  shall apply only for Top Heavy
Plan Years and shall not be adjusted.

         1.9 "Contract" or "Policy" means any life insurance policy,  retirement
income or annuity  policy,  or annuity  contract  (group or  individual)  issued
pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

         1.10 "Deferred  Compensation" with respect to any Participant means the
amount of the Participant's total Compensation which has been contributed to the
Plan in accordance with the Participant's  deferral election pursuant to Section
4.2 excluding any such amounts distributed as excess "annual additions" pursuant
to Section 4.10(a).

         1.11 "Early  Retirement  Date":   this  Plan  does  not  provide  for a
retirement date prior to Normal Retirement Date.

         1.12 "Elective Contribution" means the Employer's  contributions to the
Plan of Deferred  Compensation  excluding any such amounts distributed as excess
"annual  additions"  pursuant to Section  4.10(a).  In  addition,  any  Employer
Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.6 shall be
considered  an  Elective  Contribution  for  purposes  of  the  Plan.  Any  such
contributions  deemed  to be  Elective  Contributions  shall be  subject  to the
requirements  of  Sections  4.2(b) and 4.2(c) and shall  further be  required to
satisfy the  discrimination  requirements  of Regulation  1.401(k)-1(b)(5),  the
provisions of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

         1.13     "Eligible Employee" means any Employee.

                  Employees  whose  employment  is  governed  by the  terms of a
collective  bargaining  agreement between Employee  representatives  (within the
meaning of Code Section  7701(a)(46))  and the Employer  under which  retirement
benefits were the subject to good faith bargaining  between the parties will not
be eligible to participate in this Plan unless such agreement expressly provides
for  coverage  in this  Plan or two  percent  or  more of the  Employees  of the
Employer who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined
in Regulation 1.410(b)-9.

                  Employees who are  nonresident  aliens  (within the meaning of
Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) and who receive no earned income (within the meaning
of Code Section  911(d)(2))  from the  Employer  which  constitutes  income from
sources within the United Stated (within the meaning of Code Section  861(a)(3))
shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan.

                  Employees  of  Affiliated  Employers  shall not be eligible to
participate  in this Plan unless such  Affiliated  Employers  have  specifically
adopted this Plan in writing.


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                         4

<PAGE>



         1.14  "Employee"  means any person who is employed  by the  Employer or
Affiliated Employer,  but excludes any person who is an independent  contractor.
Employee  shall  include  Leased  Employees  within the meaning of Code Sections
414(n)(2)  and  414(o)(2)  unless  such Leased  Employees  are covered by a plan
described in Code Section  414(n)(5) and such Leased Employees do not constitute
more than 20% of the recipient's non-highly compensated work force.

         1.15 "Employer" means El Chico Restaurants,  Inc., El Chico Restaurants
of Louisiana,  Inc., El Chico Corporation of Oklahoma, Inc., El Chico Restaurant
No.  20,  Inc.,  Southwest  Cafes  of  Tennessee,  Inc.,  El  Chico  Corporation
(Georgia),  El Chico Corporation of Alabama, El Chico Corporation of Florida and
Pronto  Design  &  Supply,  Inc.,  El  Chico  Service  Company,  Texas  El Chico
Restaurants,  L.P.,  El  Chico  Restaurants  of  Kentucky,  Inc.  and  El  Chico
Restaurants  of Indiana,  Inc.  and any  Participating  Employer  (as defined in
Section 10.1) which shall adopt this Plan;  any successor  which shall  maintain
this Plan; and any predecessor which has maintained this Plan. The Employers are
corporations with principal offices in the State of Texas.

         1.16 "Excess Aggregate  Contributions"  means, with respect to any Plan
Year, the excess of the aggregate amount of the Employer matching  contributions
made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) and any qualified non-elective  contributions or
elective  deferrals  taken into account  pursuant to Section 4.7(c) on behalf of
Highly  Compensated  Participants for such Plan Year, over the maximum amount of
such contributions permitted under the limitations of Section 4.79(a).

         1.17 "Excess  Contribution" means,  with respect  to a  Plan Year,  the
excess  of  Elective   Contributions   made  on  behalf  of  Highly  Compensated
Participants  for the Plan Year over the  maximum  amount of such  contributions
permitted  under Section  4.5(a).  Excess  Contributions  shall be treated as an
"annual addition" pursuant to Section 4.9(b).

         1.18 "Excess Deferred  Compensation" means, with respect to any taxable
year of a Participant,  the excess of the aggregate amount of such Participant's
Deferred  Compensation  and the elective  deferrals  pursuant to Section  4.2(f)
actually  made on behalf of such  Participant  for such taxable  year,  over the
dollar  limitation  provided for in Code Section  402(g),  which is incorporated
herein by reference. Excess Deferred Compensation shall be treated as an "annual
addition"  pursuant  to  Section  4.9(b)  when  contributed  to the Plan  unless
distributed  to the  affected  Participant  not later than the first  April 15th
following  the  close  of the  Participant's  taxable  year.  Additionally,  for
purposes of Sections 2.2 and 4.4(g), Excess Deferred Compensation shall continue
to be treated as Employer  contributions even if distributed pursuant to Section
4.2(f).   However,   Excess  Deferred  Compensation  of  Non-Highly  Compensated
Participants  is not taken into  account for  purposes of Section  4.5(a) to the
extent such Excess Deferred Compensation occurs pursuant to Section 4.2(d).

         1.19 "Family  Member" means,  with respect to an affected  Participant,
such  Participant's   spouse  and  such  Participant's  lineal  descendants  and
ascendants and their spouses, all as described in Code Section 414(q)(6)(B).


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                         5

<PAGE>



         1.20 "Fiduciary"  means any person who (a) exercises any  discretionary
authority  or  discretionary  control  respecting  management  of  the  Plan  or
exercises any authority or control  respecting  management or disposition of its
assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or
indirect,  with  respect to any monies or other  property of the Plan or has any
authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary  authority or
discretionary  responsibility in the administration of the Plan, including,  but
not limited to, the Trustee,  the Employer and its representative  body, and the
Administrator.

         1.21 "Fiscal Year" means the  Employer's  accounting  year of 12 months
commencing on January 1st of each year and ending the following December 31st.

         1.22  "Forfeiture."  Under this  Plan,  Participant  accounts  are 100%
Vested at all times.  Any amounts that may otherwise be forfeited under the Plan
pursuant to Section 3.7 or 6.9 shall be used to reduce the  contribution  of the
Employer.

         1.23 "Former Participant" means a  person  who has been  a Participant,
but who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason.

         1.24 "415  Compensation"  with  respect to any  Participant  means such
Participant's wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of
compensation by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business)
for a Plan Year for which the Employer is required to furnish the  Participant a
written  statement  under  Code  Sections  6041(d),  6051(a)(3)  and 6052.  "415
Compensation"  must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section
3401(a)  that limit the  remuneration  included  in wages based on the nature or
location of the employment or the services  performed (such as the exception for
agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

                  If, in  connection  with the  adoption of this  amendment  and
restatement,  the definition of "415 Compensation" has been modified,  then, for
Plan  Years  prior to the Plan Year which  includes  the  adoption  date of this
amendment and restatement,  "415  Compensation"  means  compensation  determined
pursuant to the Plan then in effect.

         1.25 "414(s)  Compensation"  with respect to any Participant means such
Participant's  "415 Compensation" paid during a Plan Year. The amount of "414(s)
Compensation"   with  respect  to  any   Participant   shall   include   "414(s)
Compensation"  for the entire twelve (12) month period ending on the last day of
such Plan Year, except that "414(s)  Compensation"  shall only be recognized for
that portion of the Plan Year during which an Employee was a Participant  in the
Plan.

                  For purposes of this  Section,  the  determination  of "414(s)
Compensation"  shall be made by including  amounts which are  contributed by the
Employer  pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement and which are not includible
in the gross income of the  Participant  under Code  Sections  125,  402(c)(3),.
402(h)(1)(B),  403(b)  or 457,  and  Employee  contributions  described  in Code
Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions.


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                         6

<PAGE>



                  "414(s)   Compensation"   in  excess  of  $200,000   shall  be
disregarded.  Such amount  shall be adjusted at the same time and in such manner
as  permitted  under Code  Section  415(d),  except that the dollar  increase in
effect on January 1 of any calendar  year shall be  effective  for the Plan Year
beginning  with or within such  calendar  year and the first  adjustment  to the
$200,000  Limitation  shall be effective on January 1, 1990.  For any short Plan
Year the "414(s)  Compensation"  limit  shall be an amount  equal to the "414(s)
Compensation"  Limit  for the  calendar  year in  which  the  Plan  Year  begins
multiplied  by the ratio  obtained by dividing  the number of full months in the
short Plan Year by twelve (12). In applying this limitation, the family group of
a Highly Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member aggregation
rules of Code  Section  414(q)(6)  because  such  Participant  is either a "five
percent  owner"  of the  Employer  or one of the  ten  (10)  Highly  Compensated
Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the year, shall be treated
as a single  Participant,  except that for this  purpose  Family  Members  shall
include only the affected  Participant's  spouse and any lineal  descendants who
have not attained age nineteen (19) before the close of the year.

                  In addition to other  applicable  limitations set forth in the
Plan, and notwithstanding  any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,  for
Plan Years  beginning on or after January 1, 1994,  the annual  Compensation  of
each  Employee  taken into account  under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA '93
annual  compensation  limit. The OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000,
as  adjusted  by the  Commissioner  for  increases  in the  cost  of  living  in
accordance  with Code Section  401(a)(17)(B).  The cost of living  adjustment in
effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months,  over
which  Compensation  is  determined  (determination  period)  beginning  in such
calendar year. If a determination  period consists of fewer than 12 months,  the
OBRA '93  annual  compensation  limit  will be  multiplied  by a  fraction,  the
numerator of which is the number of months in the determination  period, and the
denominator of which is 12.

                  For Plan Years  beginning  on or after  January  1, 1994,  any
reference in this Plan to the  Limitation  under Code Section  401(a)(17)  shall
mean the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

                  If Compensation  for any prior  determination  period is taken
into account in determining an Employee's  benefits accruing in the current Plan
Year, the  Compensation  for that prior  determination  period is subject to the
OBRA '93  annual  compensation  limit in  effect  for that  prior  determination
period. For this purpose,  for determination  periods beginning before the first
day of the first Plan Year  beginning on or after January 1, 1994,  the OBRA '93
annual compensation limit is $150,000.

                  If, in  connection  with the  adoption of this  amendment  and
restatement,  the definition of "414(s)  Compensation" has been modified,  then,
for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year which  includes the adoption  date of this
amendment and restatement,  "414(s) Compensation" means compensation  determined
pursuant to the Plan then in effect.


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                         7

<PAGE>



         1.26 "Highly Compensated  Employee" means an Employee described in Code
Section 414(q) and the Regulations  thereunder,  and generally means an Employee
who performed services for the Employer during the  "determination  year" and is
in one or more of the following groups:

                  (a) Employees who at any time during the "determination  year"
         or "look-back  year" were "five  percent  owners" as defined in Section
         1.32(c).

                  (b) Employees  who  received  "415  Compensation"  during  the
        "look-back year" from the Employer in excess of $75,000.

                  (c)  Employees  who  received  "415  Compensation"  during the
         "look-back year" from the Employer in excess of $50,000 and were in the
         Top Paid Group of Employees for the Plan Year.

                  (d) Employees who during the "look-back year" were officers of
         the  Employer  (as that  term is  defined  within  the  meaning  of the
         Regulations  under Code Section 416) and  received  "415  Compensation"
         during the "look-back  year" from the Employer  greater than 50 percent
         of the limit in effect  under Code  Section  415(b)(1)(A)  for any such
         Plan Year. The number of officers shall be limited to the lesser of (i)
         50  employees;  or (ii) the greater of 3 employees or 10 percent of all
         employees.  For the  purpose of  determining  the  number of  officers,
         Employees  described  in  Section  1.55(a),  (b),  (c) and (d) shall be
         excluded,  but such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose
         of  identifying  the  particular  Employees  who are  officers.  If the
         Employer  does  not  have  at  least  one  officer  whose  annual  "415
         Compensation"   is  in  excess  of  50  percent  of  the  Code  Section
         415(b)(1)(A)  limit, then the highest paid officer of the Employer will
         be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee.

                  (e)  Employees  who  are in the  group  consisting  of the 100
         Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the determination
         year"  and are also  described  in (b),  (c) or (d)  above  when  these
         paragraphs  are  modified  to  substitute   "determination   year"  for
         "look-back year."

                  The  "determination  year"  shall be the Plan  Year for  which
testing is being  performed,  and the "look-back  year" shall be the immediately
preceding twelve-month period.

                  For  purposes  of  this  Section,  the  determination  of "415
Compensation"  shall be made by including  amounts which are  contributed by the
Employer  pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement and which are not includible
in the gross  income of the  Participant  under Code  Sections  125,  402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B),  403(b)  or 457,  and  Employee  contributions  described  in Code
Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions.  Additionally, the
dollar  threshold  amounts  specified  in (b) and (c) above shall be adjusted at
such time and in such manner as is provided in Regulations.  In the case of such
an  adjustment,  the dollar  limits  which  shall be  applied  are those for the
calendar year in which the 'determination year" or "look-back year" begins.


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                         8

<PAGE>



                  In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees
who are  non-resident  aliens and who  received  no earned  income  (within  the
meaning of Code Section 91 l(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States
source income within the meaning of Code Section  861(a)(3) shall not be treated
as Employees. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account
as a single  employer and Leased  Employees  within the meaning of Code Sections
414(n)(2)  and  414(o)(2)  shall be  considered  Employees  unless  such  Leased
Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section  414(n)(5) and are not
covered in any  qualified  plan  maintained  by the  Employer.  The exclusion of
Leased  Employees for this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and  consistent
basis for all of the Employer's  retirement  plans.  Highly  Compensated  Former
Employees  shall be treated as Highly  Compensated  Employees  without regard to
whether they performed services during the "determination year."


         1.27 "Highly  Compensated  Former Employee" means a former Employee who
had a  separation  year  prior  to the  "determination  year"  and was a  Highly
Compensated  Employee  in  the  year  of  separation  from  service  or  in  any
"determination year" after attaining age 55.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  an
Employee who  separated  from service  prior to 1987 will be treated as a Highly
Compensated  Former  Employee  only if  during  the  separation  year  (or  year
preceding the separation year) or any year after the Employee attains age 55 (or
the last year ending before the Employee's 55th  birthday),  the Employee either
received "415  Compensation" in excess of $50,000 or was a "five percent owner."
For purposes of this Section, "determination year," `415 Compensation" and "five
percent  owner" shall be  determined in  accordance  with Section  1.26.  Highly
Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly  Compensated  Employees.
The  method  set  forth  in  this  Section  for  determining  who  is a  "Highly
Compensated  Former Employee" shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis
for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable.

         1.28 "Highly  Compensated Participant"  means  any  Highly  Compensated
Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan.

         1.29 "Hour of  Service"  means (1) each hour for which an  Employee  is
directly or indirectly  compensated or entitled to  compensation by the Employer
for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period; (2) each
hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly  compensated or entitled to
compensation   by  the  Employer   (irrespective   of  whether  the   employment
relationship  has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such
as vacation, holidays,  sickness, jury duty, disability,  lay-off, military duty
or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period; (3) each hour for
which  back pay is  awarded  or  agreed  to by the  Employer  without  regard to
mitigation  of damages.  These hours will be  credited to the  Employee  for the
computation  period or periods to which the award or agreement  pertains  rather
than the  computation  period in which the award,  agreement or payment is made.
The same Hours of Service  shall not be  credited  both under (1) or (2), as the
case may be, and under (3).

                  Notwithstanding  the  above,  (i) no more  than  501  Hours of
Service  are  required  to be  credited  to an Employee on account of any single
continuous  period during which the Employee  performs no duties (whether or not
such period occurs in a single computation period);

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                         9

<PAGE>



(ii) an hour for which an Employee is directly or  indirectly  paid, or entitled
to payment,  on account of a period  during which no duties are performed is not
required to be credited to the  Employee if such  payment is made or due under a
plan  maintained  solely for the purpose of complying with  applicable  worker's
compensation,  or unemployment  compensation  or disability  insurance laws; and
(iii) Hours of Service  are not  required  to be  credited  for a payment  which
solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred
by the Employee.

                  For purposes of this Section,  a payment shall be deemed to be
made by or due from the Employer  regardless  of whether such payment is made by
or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through,  among others, a trust
fund,  or  insurer,  to which the  Employer  contributes  or pays  premiums  and
regardless of whether  contributions made or due to the trust fund,  insurer, or
other entity are for the benefit of  particular  Employees or are on behalf of a
group of Employees in the aggregate.

                  An Hour  of  Service  must  be  counted  for  the  purpose  of
determining a Year of Service,  a year of participation  for purposes of accrued
benefits,  a 1-Year  Break in  Service,  and  employment  commencement  date (or
reemployment  commencement date). In addition, Hours of Service will be credited
for employment with other Affiliated Employers.  The provisions of Department of
Labor regulations 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.

         1.30 "Income" means the income or losses  allocable to Excess  Deferred
Compensation  which  amount  shall be  allocated in the same manner as income or
losses are allocated pursuant to Section 4.4(f).

         1.31  "Investment  Manager"  means an entity  that (a) has the power to
manage,  acquire,  or dispose  of Plan  assets  and (b)  acknowledges  fiduciary
responsibility  to the Plan in writing.  Such entity must be a person,  firm, or
corporation  registered as an investment  adviser under the Investment  Advisers
Act of 1940, a bank, or an insurance company.

         1.32 "Key Employee" means an Employee as defined in Code Section 416(i)
and the Regulations thereunder.  Generally,  any Employee or former Employee (as
well as each of his  Beneficiaries)  is  considered a Key Employee if he, at any
time during the Plan Year that contains the  "Determination  Date" or any of the
preceding  four  (4)  Plan  Years,  has been  included  in one of the  following
categories:

                  (a) an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within
         the meaning of the  Regulations  under Code Section 416) having  annual
         "415  Compensation"  greater  than 50  percent  of the amount in effect
         under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year.

                  (b) one of the ten employees having annual "415  Compensation"
         from the Employer for a Plan Year greater than the dollar limitation in
         effect under Code Section  415(c)(1)(A)  for the calendar year in which
         such Plan Year ends and owning (or

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        10

<PAGE>



         considered  as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) both more
         than  one-half  percent  interest  and  the  largest  interests  in the
         Employer.

                  (c) a "five  percent  owner" of the  Employer.  "Five  percent
         owner" means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the
         meaning  of Code  Section  318)  more  than  five  percent  (5%) of the
         outstanding  stock of the Employer or stock  possessing  more than five
         percent  (5%) of the total  combined  voting  power of all stock of the
         Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated  business, any person who
         owns more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits  interest in
         the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder,  employers
         that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m)
         and (o) shall be treated as separate employers.

                  (d) a "one  percent  owner" of the  Employer  having an annual
         "415  Compensation"  from the  Employer  of more  than  $150,000.  "One
         percent  owner" means any person who owns (or is  considered  as owning
         within the meaning of Code  Section  318) more than one percent (1%) of
         the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than one
         percent  (1%) of the total  combined  voting  power of all stock of the
         Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated  business, any person who
         owns more than one percent  (1%) of the capital or profits  interest in
         the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder,  employers
         that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m)
         and (o) shall be treated as separate employers. However, in determining
         whether an individual  has "415  Compensation"  of more than  $150,000,
         "415  Compensation"  from each employer required to be aggregated under
         Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be taken into account.

                  For  purposes  of  this  Section,  the  determination  of "415
Compensation"  shall be made by including  amounts which are  contributed by the
Employer  pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement and which are not includible
in the gross  income of the  Participant  under Code  Sections  125,  402(e)(3),
402(h)(l)(B),  403(b)  or 457,  and  Employee  contributions  described  in Code
Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions.

         1.33 "Late Retirement Date" means the first day of the month coinciding
with or next  following a  Participant's  actual  Retirement  Date after  having
reached his Normal Retirement Date.

         1.34 "Leased  Employee" means any person (other than an Employee of the
recipient)  who pursuant to an  agreement  between the  recipient  and any other
person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for
the recipient  and related  persons  determined in accordance  with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year,
and such  services  are of a type  historically  performed  by  employees in the
business field of the recipient  employer.  Contributions or benefits provided a
Leased Employee by the leasing  organization  which are attributable to services
performed  for the  recipient  employer  shall be  treated  as  provided  by the
recipient employer. A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the
recipient:

                  (a)    if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension
                  plan providing:

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        11

<PAGE>




                  (1) a non-integrated  employer  contribution  rate of at least
                  10% of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but
                  including  amounts  which  are  contributed  by  the  Employer
                  pursuant  to a salary  reduction  agreement  and which are not
                  includible in the gross income of the  Participant  under Code
                  Sections  125,  402(e)(3),  402(h)(1)(B),  403(b) or 457,  and
                  Employee  contributions  described in Code  Section  414(h)(2)
                  that are treated as Employer contributions.

                  (2)      immediate participation; and

                  (3)      full and immediate vesting; and

                  (b)      if Leased  Employees do not constitute  more than 20%
         of the recipient's non-highly compensated work force.

         1.35 "Non-Elective  Contribution" means the Employer's contributions to
the Plan excluding,  however,  contributions  made pursuant to the Participant's
deferral  election  provided for in Section 4.2 and any  Qualified  Non-Elective
Contribution.

         1.36 "Non-Highly Compensated Participant" means  any Participant who is
neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member.

         1.37 "Non-Key Employee" means any Employee or former Employee (and  his
Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee.

         1.38 "Normal Retirement Age" means the Participant's  65th birthday.  A
Participant  shall  become  fully  Vested  in  his  Participant's  Account  upon
attaining his Normal Retirement Age.

         1.39  "Normal  Retirement  Date"  means  the  first  day of  the  month
coinciding with or next following the Participant's Normal Retirement Age.

         1.40 "1-Year Break in Service" means the applicable  computation period
during which an Employee has not  completed  more than 500 Hours of Service with
the  Employer.  Further,  solely  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  a
Participant  has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service,  Hours of Service  shall be
recognized for "authorized leaves of absence" and maternity and paternity leaves
of absence."  Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service shall be measured on
the same computation period.

                  "Authorized  leave  of  absence"  means an  unpaid,  temporary
cessation from active  employment  with the Employer  pursuant to an established
nondiscriminatory  policy,  whether occasioned by illness,  military service, or
any other reason.

                  A "maternity or paternity  leave of absence"  means,  for Plan
Years  beginning after December 31, 1984, an absence from work for any period by
reason of the Employee's pregnancy,  birth of the Employee's child, placement of
a child with the Employee in connection

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        12

<PAGE>



with the  adoption of such  child,  or any absence for the purpose of caring for
such child for a period immediately following such birth or placement.  For this
purpose,  Hours of Service shall be credited for the computation period in which
the absence from work begins,  only if credit  therefore is necessary to prevent
the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service, or, in any other case, in
the immediately  following computation period. The Hours of Service credited for
a "maternity or paternity  leave of absence" shall be those which would normally
have  been  credited  but  for  such  absence,  or,  in any  case in  which  the
Administrator  is unable to determine  such hours normally  credited,  eight (8)
Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of Service required to be credited for
a "maternity or paternity leave of absence" shall not exceed 501.

         1.41 "Participant"  means any Eligible Employee who participates in the
Plan as  provided  in Sections  3.2 and 3.3,  and has not for any reason  become
ineligible to participate further in the Plan.

         1.42   "Participant's   Account"  means  the  account  established  and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest  in the Plan and  Trust  resulting  from  the  Employer's  Non-Elective
Contributions.

                  A separate accounting shall be maintained with respect to that
portion  of  the  Participant's   Account   attributable  to  Employer  matching
contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.l(b)  and  Employer  discretionary
contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c).

         1.43 "Participant's  Combined Account" means the total aggregate amount
of each Participant's Elective Account and Participant's Account.

         1.44 "Participant's Elective Account" means the account established and
maintained by the  Administrator  for each Participant with respect to his total
interest  in  the  Plan  and  Trust  resulting  from  the  Employer's   Elective
Contributions.  A separate  accounting  shall be maintained with respect to that
portion  of  the  Participant's   Elective  Account   attributable  to  Elective
Contributions  pursuant to Section 4.2 and any Employer  Qualified  Non-Elective
Contributions.

         1.45 "Plan" means this instrument, including all amendments thereto.

         1.46 "Plan Year" means the Plan's accounting year of twelve (12) months
commencing on January 1st of each year and ending the following December 31st.

         1.47  "Qualified   Non-Elective   Contribution"  means  the  Employer's
contributions  to  the  Plan  that  are  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.6.  Such
contributions  shall be considered an Elective  Contribution for the purposes of
the Plan and used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests.

                  In addition, the Employer's contributions to the Plan that are
made  pursuant  to  Section  4.8(h)  which  are  used  to  satisfy  the  "Actual
Contribution  Percentage"  tests  shall  be  considered  Qualified  Non-Elective
Contributions and be subject to the provisions of Sections 4.2(b) and 4.2(c).

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        13

<PAGE>



         1.48  "Regulation"  means the Income Tax  Regulations as promulgated by
the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, and as amended from time to time.

         1.49 "Retired  Participant"  means a person who has been a Participant,
but who has become entitled to retirement benefits under the Plan.

         1.50 "Retirement Date" means the date as of which a Participant retires
for reasons other than Total and Permanent  Disability,  whether such retirement
occurs on a  Participant's  Normal  Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date (see
Section 6.1).

         1.51   "Super Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section 2.2(b).

         1.52   "Terminated   Participant"   means  a  person  who  has  been  a
Participant, but whose employment has been terminated other than by death, Total
and Permanent Disability or retirement.

         1.53     "Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section 2.2(a).

         1.54     "Top Heavy Plan Year" means a Plan Year  during which the Plan
is a Top Heavy Plan.

         1.55 "Top  Paid  Group"  means  the top 20  percent  of  Employees  who
performed services for the Employer during the applicable year, ranked according
to the amount of "415  Compensation"  (determined for this purpose in accordance
with Section 1.26)  received from the Employer  during such year. All Affiliated
Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and Leased Employees
within the meaning of Code Sections  414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered
Employees  unless such Leased  Employees are covered by a plan described in Code
Section  414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified  plan  maintained by the
Employer.  Employees  who are  non-resident  aliens and who  received  no earned
income  (within  the  meaning  of Code  Section  911(d)(2))  from  the  Employer
constituting  United  States  source  income  within the meaning of Code Section
861(a)(3)  shall not be treated as Employees.  Additionally,  for the purpose of
determining the number of active Employees in any year, the following additional
Employees  shall  also be  excluded;  however,  such  Employees  shall  still be
considered  for the purpose of identifying  the particular  Employees in the Top
Paid Group:

                  (a)      Employees with less than six (6) months of service;

                  (b)      Employees who  normally  work less  than 17 1/2 hours
                           per week;

                  (c)      Employees who normally work  less than six (6) months
                           during a year, and

                  (d)      Employees who have not yet attained age 21.

                  In  addition,  if 90 percent or more of the  Employees  of the
Employer  are  covered  under  agreements  the  Secretary  of Labor  finds to be
collective bargaining agreements between

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        14

<PAGE>



Employee  representatives  and the Employer,  and the Plan covers only Employees
who are not  covered  under  such  agreements,  then  Employees  covered by such
agreements  shall be excluded from both the total number of active  Employees as
well as from the identification of particular Employees in the Top Paid Group.

                  The  foregoing  exclusions  set forth in this Section shall be
applied on a uniform and  consistent  basis for all  purposes for which the Code
Section 414(q) definition is applicable.

         1.56  "Total  and  Permanent  Disability"  means a  physical  or mental
condition of a Participant  resulting  from bodily  injury,  disease,  or mental
disorder  which renders him incapable of continuing  any gainful  occupation and
which condition  constitutes  total disability under the federal Social Security
Acts.

         1.57 "Trustee" means the person or entity named as trustee herein or in
any separate trust forming a part of this Plan, and any successors.

         1.58 "Trust  Fund"  means the assets of the Plan and Trust  as the same
shall exist from time to time.

         1.59 "Vested"   means  the   nonforfeitable  portion   of  any  account
maintained on behalf of a Participant.

         1.60 "Year of  Service"  means the  computation  period of twelve  (12)
consecutive months, herein set forth, during which an Employee has at least 1000
Hours of Service.

                  For purposes of  eligibility  for  participation,  the initial
computation  period  shall  begin  with  the date on which  the  Employee  first
performs an Hour of Service.  The  participation  computation  period  beginning
after a 1-Year  Break in  Service  shall be  measured  from the date on which an
Employee again performs an Hour of Service. The participation computation period
shall shift to the Plan Year which includes the anniversary of the date on which
the Employee  first  performed  an Hour of Service.  An Employee who is credited
with the required  Hours of Service in both the initial  computation  period (or
the computation  period  beginning after a 1-Year Break in Service) and the Plan
Year which  includes the  anniversary  of the date on which the  Employee  first
performed  an Hour of Service,  shall be credited  with two (2) Years of Service
for purposes of eligibility to participate.

                  For all other purposes,  the  computation  period shall be the
Plan Year.

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for any short Plan Year, the
determination  of whether an Employee has  completed a Year of Service  shall be
made in accordance with Department of Labor regulation 2530.203-2(c).

                  Years  of  Service  with  any  Affiliated  Employer  shall  be
recognized.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        15

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE II
                          TOP HEAVY AND ADMINISTRATION

         2.1      TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

                  For any Top  Heavy  Plan  Year,  the Plan  shall  provide  the
special  vesting  requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of
the Plan and the special minimum allocation  requirements of Code Section 416(c)
pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Plan.

         2.2      DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS

                  (a) This Plan  shall be a Top Heavy  Plan for any Plan Year in
         which, as of the  Determination  Date, (1) the Present Value of Accrued
         Benefits of Key Employees and (2) the sum of the Aggregate  Accounts of
         Key Employees  under this Plan and all plans of an  Aggregation  Group,
         exceeds sixty  percent  (60%) of the Present Value of Accrued  Benefits
         and the Aggregate  Accounts of all Key and Non-Key Employees under this
         Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group.

                           If any Participant is a Non-Key Employee for any Plan
         Year, but such  Participant was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year,
         such  Participant's  Present Value of Accrued Benefit and/or  Aggregate
         Account  balance  shall  not be taken  into  account  for  purposes  of
         determining  whether  this Plan is a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy  Plan
         (or whether any  Aggregation  Group which  includes  this Plan is a Top
         Heavy Group). In addition,  if a Participant or Former  Participant has
         not performed any services for any Employer maintaining the Plan at any
         time during the five year period ending on the Determination  Date, any
         accrued benefit for such Participant or Former Participant shall not be
         taken into account for the purposes of determining whether this Plan is
         a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan.

                  (b) This Plan  shall be a Super  Top  Heavy  Plan for any Plan
         Year in which, as of the  Determination  Date, (1) the Present Value of
         Accrued  Benefits  of Key  Employees  and (2) the sum of the  Aggregate
         Accounts  of  Key  Employees  under  this  Plan  and  all  plans  of an
         Aggregation Group, exceeds ninety percent (90%) of the Present Value of
         Accrued  Benefits  and the  Aggregate  Accounts  of all Key and Non-Key
         Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group.

                  (c) Aggregate Account: A Participant's Aggregate Account as of
                  the Determination Date is the sum of:

                  (1) his Participant's  Combined Account balance as of the most
                  recent  valuation  occurring within a twelve (12) month period
                  ending on the Determination Date;

                  (2) an  adjustment  for  any   contributions  due  as  of  the
                  Determination  Date.  Such  adjustment shall be  the amount of
                  any contributions actually made after the

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        16

<PAGE>



                  valuation  date but due on or before the  Determination  Date,
                  except for the first Plan Year when such adjustment shall also
                  reflect  the  amount  of  any  contributions  made  after  the
                  Determination  Date  that are  allocated  as of a date in that
                  first Plan Year.

                  (3) any Plan  distributions  made  within  the Plan  Year that
                  includes  the  Determination  Date  or  within  the  four  (4)
                  preceding Plan Years.  However,  in the case of  distributions
                  made after the valuation  date and prior to the  Determination
                  Date, such distributions are not included as distributions for
                  top heavy purposes to the extent that such  distributions  are
                  already  included  in  the  Participant's   Aggregate  Account
                  balance as of the  valuation  date.  Notwithstanding  anything
                  herein  to  the   contrary,   all   distributions,   including
                  distributions made prior to January 1, 1984, and distributions
                  under a  terminated  plan which if it had not been  terminated
                  would have been  required  to be  included  in an  Aggregation
                  Group, will be counted.  Further,  distributions from the Plan
                  (including  the cash value of life  insurance  policies)  of a
                  Participant's  account  balance  because  of  death  shall  be
                  treated as a distribution for the purposes of this paragraph.

                  (4)  any   Employee   contributions,   whether   voluntary  or
                  mandatory.  However,  amounts  attributable  to tax deductible
                  qualified  voluntary  employee   contributions  shall  not  be
                  considered to be a part of the Participant's Aggregate Account
                  balance.

                  (5) with  respect  to  unrelated  rollovers  and  plan-to-plan
                  transfers  (ones which are both  initiated by the Employee and
                  made  from  a  plan  maintained  by  one  employer  to a  plan
                  maintained  by another  employer),  if this Plan  provides the
                  rollovers or plan-to-plan  transfers, it shall always consider
                  such  rollovers or plan- to-plan  transfers as a  distribution
                  for the  purposes  of this  Section.  If this Plan is the plan
                  accepting such rollovers or plan-to-plan  transfers,  it shall
                  not consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan  transfers as part
                  of the Participant's Aggregate Account balance.

                  (6)  with  respect  to  related   rollovers  and  plan-to-plan
                  transfers  (ones either not  initiated by the Employee or made
                  to a plan  maintained  by the  same  employer),  if this  Plan
                  provides the rollover or plan-to-plan  transfer,  it shall not
                  be counted as a distribution for purposes of this Section.  If
                  this Plan is the plan accepting such rollover or  plan-to-plan
                  transfer,  it shall  consider  such  rollover or  plan-to-plan
                  transfer  as  part  of  the  Participant's  Aggregate  Account
                  balance,  irrespective  of the date on which such  rollover or
                  plan-to-plan transfer is accepted.

                  (7) For the purposes of determining  whether two employers are
                  to be treated as the same  employer in (5) and (6) above,  all
                  employers  aggregated under Code Section 414(b),  (c), (m) and
                  (o) are treated as the same employer.

                  (d)    "Aggregation Group" means either a Required Aggregation
                  Group  or  a  Permissive   Aggregation  Group  as  hereinafter
                  determined.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        17

<PAGE>




                  (1) Required  Aggregation  Group:  In  determining  a Required
                  Aggregation  Group  hereunder,  each plan of the  Employer  in
                  which  a Key  Employee  is a  participant  in  the  Plan  Year
                  containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding
                  Plan Years,  and each other plan of the Employer which enables
                  any  plan in  which a Key  Employee  participates  to meet the
                  requirements  of  Code  Sections  401(a)(4)  or  410,  will be
                  required  to be  aggregated.  Such  group  shall be known as a
                  Required Aggregation Group.

                  In the case of a Required  Aggregation Group, each plan in the
                  group  will be  considered  a Top Heavy  Plan if the  Required
                  Aggregation  Group  is a Top  Heavy  Group.  No  plan  in  the
                  Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan
                  if the Required Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

                  (2)  Permissive  Aggregation  Group:  The  Employer  may  also
                  include  any other plan not  required  to be  included  in the
                  Required  Aggregation  Group,  provided the  resulting  group,
                  taken as a whole,  would continue to satisfy the provisions of
                  Code Sections  401(a)(4) and 410. Such group shall be known as
                  a Permissive Aggregation Group.

                  In the case of a  Permissive  Aggregation  Group,  only a plan
                  that  is  part  of the  Required  Aggregation  Group  will  be
                  considered  a Top  Heavy  Plan if the  Permissive  Aggregation
                  Group  is a  Top  Heavy  Group.  No  plan  in  the  Permissive
                  Aggregation  Group will be  considered a Top Heavy Plan if the
                  Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

                  (3)  Only   those   plans  of  the   Employer   in  which  the
                  Determination  Dates fall within the same  calendar year shall
                  be aggregated in order to determine whether such plans are Top
                  Heavy Plans.

                  (4) An Aggregation  Group shall include any terminated plan of
                  the  Employer  if it was  maintained  within the last five (5)
                  years ending on the Determination Date.

                  (e)  "Determination  Date"  means  (a)  the  last  day  of the
         preceding  Plan Year,  or (b) in the case of the first  Plan Year,  the
         last day of such Plan Year.

                  (f) Present Value of Accrued Benefit: In the case of a defined
         benefit plan,  the Present  Value of Accrued  Benefit for a Participant
         other  than a Key  Employee,  shall be as  determined  using the single
         accrual  method  used for all  plans  of the  Employer  and  Affiliated
         Employers,  or if no such single  method  exists,  using a method which
         results in benefits  accruing not more rapidly than the slowest accrual
         rate permitted under Code Section 41 l(b)(1)(C).  The  determination of
         the Present Value of Accrued Benefit shall be determined as of the most
         recent  valuation  date  that  falls  within or ends with the 12- month
         period  ending on the  Determination  Date  except as  provided in Code
         Section 416

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        18

<PAGE>



         and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a
         defined benefit plan.

                  (g)    "Top Heavy Group" means  an Aggregation Group in which,
                   as of the Determination Date, the sum of:

                  (1)     the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees
                  under all defined benefit plans included in the group, and

                  (2)     the Aggregate Accounts  of  Key  Employees  under  all
                  defined contribution plans included in the group exceeds sixty
                  percent (60%)of a similar sum determined for all Participants.

         2.3      POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER

                  (a) The Employer  shall be empowered to appoint and remove the
         Trustee and the  Administrator  from time to time as it deems necessary
         for the proper  administration  of the Plan to assure  that the Plan is
         being operated for the exclusive  benefit of the Participants and their
         Beneficiaries  in accordance  with the terms of the Plan, the Code, and
         the Act.

                  (b)  The  Employer  shall  establish  a  "funding  policy  and
         method," i.e., it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need
         for liquidity  (e.g.,  to pay benefits) or whether  liquidity is a long
         run  goal  and  investment  growth  (and  stability  of same) is a more
         current  need,  or shall  appoint  a  qualified  person  to do so.  The
         Employer or its delegate shall  communicate such needs and goals to the
         Trustee,  who shall  coordinate  such Plan  needs  with its  investment
         policy.  The  communication of such a "funding policy and method" shall
         not, however, constitute a directive to the Trustee as to investment of
         the Trust Funds.  Such "funding  policy and method" shall be consistent
         with the objectives of this Plan and with the  requirements  of Title I
         of the Act.

                  (c) The Employer shall periodically  review the performance of
         any  Fiduciary  or other  person to whom duties have been  delegated or
         allocated  by it under  the  provisions  of this  Plan or  pursuant  to
         procedures established hereunder.  This requirement may be satisfied by
         formal  periodic  review  by  the  Employer  or by a  qualified  person
         specifically designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and
         evaluation, or through other appropriate ways.

         2.4      DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

                  The Employer  shall  appoint one or more  Administrators.  Any
person,  including,  but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, shall be
eligible to serve as an Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify his
acceptance by filing written acceptance with the

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        19

<PAGE>



Employer.  An Administrator may resign by delivering his written  resignation to
the  Employer or be removed by the  Employer  by  delivery of written  notice of
removal,  to take effect at a date  specified  therein,  or upon delivery to the
Administrator if no date is specified.

                  The  Employer,   upon  the   resignation   or  removal  of  an
Administrator, shall promptly designate in writing a successor to this position.
If the Employer does not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will function as
the Administrator.

         2.5      ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

                  If more than one person is  appointed  as  Administrator,  the
responsibilities  of each  Administrator  may be  specified  by the Employer and
accepted in writing by each Administrator.  In the event that no such delegation
is made by the Employer,  the Administrators  may allocate the  responsibilities
among themselves,  in which event the  Administrators  shall notify the Employer
and the Trustee in writing of such action and  specify the  responsibilities  of
each  Administrator.  The  Trustee  thereafter  shall  accept  and rely upon any
documents  executed  by the  appropriate  Administrator  until  such time as the
Employer or the  Administrators  file with the Trustee a written  revocation  of
such designation.

         2.6       POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

         The primary  responsibility  of the  Administrator is to administer the
Plan for the  exclusive  benefit of the  Participants  and their  Beneficiaries,
subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The  Administrator  shall  administer
the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to
construe  the  terms of the Plan  and to  determine  all  questions  arising  in
connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan.
Any such determination by the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon
all persons.  The  Administrator may establish  procedures,  correct any defect,
supply any  information,  or reconcile any  inconsistency  in such manner and to
such extent as shall be deemed  necessary  or advisable to carry out the purpose
of  the  Plan;  provided,  however,  that  any  procedure,   discretionary  act,
interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based
upon uniform  principles  consistently  applied and shall be consistent with the
intent  that the Plan shall  continue  to be deemed a  qualified  plan under the
terms of Code Section 401(a), and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all
regulations  issued pursuant thereto.  The  Administrator  shall have all powers
necessary or appropriate to accomplish his duties under this Plan.

                  The  Administrator  shall be  charged  with the  duties of the
general  administration  of  the  Plan,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the
following:

                  (a) the discretion to determine all questions relating to  the
                  eligibility   of   Employees  to  participate   or   remain  a
                  Participant hereunder and to receive benefits under the Plan;

                  (b) to compute, certify, and  direct the Trustee  with respect
                  to  the  amount  and   the  kind  of  benefits  to  which  any
                  Participant shall be entitled hereunder;

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        20

<PAGE>




                  (c) to  authorize and  direct the Trustee with  respect to all
         non-discretionary or otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust;

                  (d) to maintain  all necessary records  for the administration
         of the Plan;

                  (e) to interpret  the provisions of the  Plan and to make and 
         publish such rules for  regulation of the Plan as  are consistent with 
         the terms hereof;

                  (f) to determine  the size  and type of  any  Contract  to  be
         purchased  from any  insurer, and to  designate the  insurer from which
         such Contract shall be purchased;

                  (g) to compute and  certify to the Employer and to the Trustee
         from  time to  time  the sums  of money  necessary  or desirable  to be
         contributed to the Plan;

                  (h) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee regarding the
         short  and  long-term  liquidity  needs of the  Plan in order  that the
         Trustee can exercise any investment  discretion in a manner designed to
         accomplish specific objectives;

                  (i) to prepare and  implement a procedure  to notify  Eligible
         Employees  that they may elect to have a portion of their  Compensation
         deferred or paid to them in cash;

                  (j) to assist any Participant regarding  his rights, benefits,
         or elections available under the Plan.

         2.7      RECORDS AND REPORTS

                  The Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and
shall  keep all other  books of  account,  records,  and other  data that may be
necessary for proper  administration  of the Plan and shall be  responsible  for
supplying  all  information  and  reports  to  the  Internal   Revenue  Service,
Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.

         2.8      APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS

                  The  Administrator,  or the  Trustee  with the  consent of the
Administrator, may appoint counsel, specialists,  advisers, and other persons as
the Administrator or the Trustee deems necessary or desirable in connection with
the administration of this Plan.

         2.9      INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER

                  To enable the  Administrator  to perform  his  functions,  the
Employer shall supply full and timely  information to the  Administrator  on all
matters  relating  to the  Compensation  of all  Participants,  their  Hours  of
Service,  their  Years of  Service,  their  retirement,  death,  disability,  or
termination of employment,  and such other pertinent facts as the  Administrator
may  require;  and the  Administrator  shall  advise the  Trustee of such of the
foregoing facts as may be pertinent to the

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        21

<PAGE>



Trustee's  duties  under  the  Plan,  The   Administrator  may  rely  upon  such
information  as  is  supplied  by  the  Employer  and  shall  have  no  duty  or
responsibility to verify such information.

         2.10     PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

                  All  expenses of  administration  may be paid out of the Trust
Fund unless paid by the  Employer.  Such  expenses  shall  include any  expenses
incident to the functioning of the Administrator, including, but not limited to,
fees of accountants,  counsel, and other specialists and their agents, and other
costs of  administering  the Plan.  Until paid, the expenses shall  constitute a
liability of the Trust Fund. However,  the Employer may reimburse the Trust Fund
for any administration expense incurred.

         2.11     MAJORITY ACTIONS

                  Except where there has been an  allocation  and  delegation of
administrative  authority  pursuant to Section  2.5, if there shall be more than
one  Administrator,  they  shall  act by a  majority  of their  number,  but may
authorize one or more of them to sign all papers on their behalf

         2.12     CLAIMS PROCEDURE

                  Claims  for  benefits  under the Plan may be filed in  writing
with the  Administrator.  Written notice of the  disposition of a claim shall be
furnished to the claimant  within 90 days after the application is filed. In the
event the claim is denied,  the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set
forth in the notice in language  calculated  to be  understood  by the claimant,
pertinent  provisions of the Plan shall be cited,  and,  where  appropriate,  an
explanation  as to how the claimant  can perfect the claim will be provided.  In
addition,  the claimant  shall be furnished  with an  explanation  of the Plan's
claims review procedure.

         2.13     CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

                  Any Employee,  former Employee,  or Beneficiary of either, who
has been denied a benefit by a decision of the Administrator pursuant to Section
2.12  shall  be  entitled  to  request  the   Administrator   to  give   further
consideration to his claim by filing with the Administrator (on a form which may
be  obtained  from the  Administrator)  a request for a hearing.  Such  request,
together with a written  statement of the reasons why the claimant  believes its
claim should be allowed,  shall be filed with the Administrator no later than 60
days after receipt of the written notification provided for in Section 2.12. The
Administrator shall then conduct a hearing within the next 60 days, at which the
claimant may be  represented by an attorney or any other  representative  of his
choosing and at which the claimant  shall have an  opportunity to submit written
and oral  evidence  and  arguments  in support of his claim.  At the hearing (or
prior  thereto upon 5 business  days written  notice to the  Administrator)  the
claimant or his representative shall have an opportunity to review all documents
in the possession of the Administrator which are pertinent to the claim at issue
and its disallowance. Either the claimant or the Administrator may cause a court
reporter  to attend the  hearing and record the  proceedings.  In such event,  a
complete  written  transcript  of the  proceedings  shall be  furnished  to both
parties by the court reporter. The

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        22

<PAGE>



full expense of any such court reporter and such  transcripts  shall be borne by
the party causing the court reporter to attend the hearing.  A final decision as
to the allowance of the claim shall be made by the Administrator  within 60 days
of receipt of the appeal  (unless  there has been an extension of 60 days due to
special  circumstances,   provided  the  delay  and  the  special  circumstances
occasioning it are communicated to the claimant within the 60 day period).  Such
communication  shall be written in a manner  calculated  to be understood by the
claimant  and shall  include  specific  reasons for the  decision  and  specific
references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   ELIGIBILITY

         3.1      CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY

                  Any  Eligible  Employee  who has  completed  one  (1)  Year of
Service and has attained age 21 shall be eligible to participate hereunder as of
the date he has satisfied  such  requirements.  However,  any Employee who was a
Participant  in the  Plan  prior to the  effective  date of this  amendment  and
restatement  shall  continue to participate in the Plan. The Employer shall give
each  prospective  Eligible  Employee  written  notice  of  his  eligibility  to
participate  in the Plan  prior to the  close of the Plan Year in which he first
becomes an Eligible Employee.

         3.2      APPLICATION FOR PARTICIPATION

                  In order to  become a  Participant  hereunder,  each  Eligible
Employee shall make  application to the Employer for  participation  in the Plan
and agree to the terms hereof.  Upon the  acceptance of any benefits  under this
Plan, such Employee shall  automatically  be deemed to have made application and
shall  be bound  by the  terms  and  conditions  of the Plan and all  amendments
hereto.

         3.3      EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

                  An Eligible  Employee shall become a Participant  effective as
of the first  day of the month  coinciding  with or next  following  the date on
which such Employee met the eligibility  requirements  of Section 3.1,  provided
said  Employee  was still  employed as of such date (or if not  employed on such
date, as of the date of rehire if a 1-Year Break in Service has not occurred).

                  In the event an  Employee  who is not a member of an  eligible
class of Employees  becomes a member of an eligible  class,  such  Employee will
participate  immediately  if such  Employee  has  satisfied  the minimum age and
service requirements and would have otherwise previously become a Participant.

         3.4      DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

                  The  Administrator  shall  determine the  eligibility  of each
Employee for  participation in the Plan based upon information  furnished by the
Employer. Such determination shall be

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        23

<PAGE>



conclusive and binding upon all persons, as long as the same is made pursuant to
the Plan and the Act. Such determination  shall be subject to review per Section
2.13.

         3.5      TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

                  (a) In the event a Participant  shall go from a classification
         of  an  Eligible  Employee  to  an  ineligible  Employee,  such  Former
         Participant shall continue to vest in his interest in the Plan for each
         Year of Service completed while a noneligible Employee, until such time
         as his Participant's Account shall be forfeited or distributed pursuant
         to the terms of the Plan. Additionally,  his interest in the Plan shall
         continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund.

                  (b) In the  event a  Participant  is no  longer a member of an
         eligible class of Employees and becomes  ineligible to participate  but
         has not  incurred  a  1-Year  Break  in  Service,  such  Employee  will
         participate   immediately  upon  returning  to  an  eligible  class  of
         Employees.  If such  Participant  incurs  a 1-Year  Break  in  Service,
         eligibility  will be determined under the break in service rules of the
         Plan.

         3.6      OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

                  If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a
Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is
not made until after a contribution  by his Employer for the year has been made,
the Employer  shall make a subsequent  contribution  with respect to the omitted
Employee  in the amount  which the said  Employer  would have  contributed  with
respect  to him  had he not  been  omitted.  Such  contribution  shall  be  made
regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable
year under applicable provisions of the Code.

         3.7      INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

                  If, in any Plan  Year,  any  person  who  should not have been
included as a Participant in the Plan is  erroneously  included and discovery of
such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has
been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the  contribution  made
with respect to the ineligible  person  regardless of whether or not a deduction
is  allowable  with  respect to such  contribution.  In such  event,  the amount
contributed with respect to the ineligible  person shall constitute a Forfeiture
(except for Deferred  Compensation  which shall be distributed to the ineligible
person) for the Plan Year in which the discovery is made.

         3.8      ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

                  An Employee  may,  subject to the  approval  of the  Employer,
elect  voluntarily  not  to  participate  in  the  Plan.  The  election  not  to
participate  must be communicated to the Employer,  in writing,  at least thirty
(30) days before the beginning of a Plan Year.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        24

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE IV
                           CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

         4.1      FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

                  For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan:

                  (a) The amount of the total salary reduction  elections of all
         Participants  made  pursuant to Section  4.2(a),  which amount shall be
         deemed an Employer's Elective Contribution.

                  (b) On behalf of each  Participant who is eligible to share in
         matching contributions for the Plan Year, a matching contribution equal
         to  20%  of  each  such  Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  plus  a
         discretionary   percentage   of  each   such   Participant's   Deferred
         Compensation,  the exact  percentage to be determined  each year by the
         Employer,  which  amount  shall be  deemed an  Employer's  Non-Elective
         Contribution.

                           Except,  however, in applying the matching percentage
         specified above, only salary reductions up to 3% of Compensation  shall
         be considered.

                  (c)    A discretionary amount, which amount shall be deemed an
         Employer's Non-Elective Contribution.

                  (d)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  however,  the Employer's
         contributions  for any Plan Year shall not exceed  the  maximum  amount
         allowable as a deduction to the Employer  under the  provisions of Code
         Section 404. All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or
         in such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

                  (e) Except,  however,  to the extent  necessary to provide the
         top heavy minimum  allocations,  the Employer shall make a contribution
         even if it exceeds the amount  which is  deductible  under Code Section
         404.

         4.2      PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION

                  (a) Each  Participant may elect to defer from 1% to 20% of his
         Compensation  which would have been received in the Plan Year,  but for
         the  deferral  election.  A deferral  election (or  modification  of an
         earlier election) may not be made with respect to Compensation which is
         currently available on or before the date the Participant executed such
         election.

                  The  amount by which  Compensation  is  reduced  shall be that
         Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  and be  treated  as an  Employer
         Elective  Contribution  and  allocated to that  Participant's  Elective
         Account.


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        25

<PAGE>



                  (b) The balance in each  Participant's  Elective Account shall
         be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for
         any reason.

                  (c) Amounts held in the Participant's Elective Account may not
         be distributable earlier than:

                  (1) a  Participant's  termination  of  employment,  Total  and
                  Permanent Disability, or death;

                  (2) a Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2;

                  (3) the termination  of the Plan without  the establishment or
                  existence of a "successor plan," as that  term is described in
                  Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(3);

                  (4) the date of  disposition by the Employer to an entity that
                  is not an  Affiliated  Employer  of  substantially  all of the
                  assets (within the meaning of Code Section  409(d)(2)) used in
                  a trade or business of such  corporation  if such  corporation
                  continues  to maintain  this Plan after the  disposition  with
                  respect to a  Participant  who continues  employment  with the
                  corporation acquiring such assets;

                  (5) the date of  disposition  by the Employer or an Affiliated
                  Employer  who   maintains  the  Plan  of  its  interest  in  a
                  subsidiary  (within the meaning of Code Section  409(d)(3)) to
                  an entity  which is not an  Affiliated  Employer but only with
                  respect to a Participant  who continues  employment  with such
                  subsidiary; or

                  (6) the proven financial hardship of a Participant, subject to
                  the limitations of Section 6.11.

                  (d) For each Plan Year  beginning  after  December 31, 1987, a
         Participant's  Deferred Compensation made under this Plan and all other
         plans,  contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan
         shall not  exceed,  during any  taxable  year of the  Participant,  the
         limitation  imposed  by  Code  Section  402(g),  as in  effect  at  the
         beginning of such taxable year. If such dollar  limitation is exceeded,
         a Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrator of such
         excess amount which shall be  distributed in a manner  consistent  with
         Section  4.2(f).  The  dollar  limitation  shall be  adjusted  annually
         pursuant to the method  provided in Code Section  415(d) in  accordance
         with Regulations.

                  (e) In  the  event  a  Participant  has  received  a  hardship
         distribution  from  his  Participant's  Elective  Account  pursuant  to
         Section 6.11 or pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv)(B) from any
         other plan maintained by the Employer,  then such Participant shall not
         be permitted to elect to have Deferred Compensation  contributed to the
         Plan on his behalf for a period of twelve  (12)  months  following  the
         receipt of the distribution.  Furthermore,  the dollar Limitation under
         Code Section 402(g) shall be reduced, with respect to the Participant's
         taxable year following the taxable year in which

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        26

<PAGE>



         the hardship distribution was made, by the amount of such Participant's
         Deferred  Compensation,  if any,  pursuant  to this Plan (and any other
         plan  maintained  by the Employer) for the taxable year of the hardship
         distribution.

                  (f) If a Participant's  Deferred  Compensation under this Plan
         together  with  any  elective   deferrals  (as  defined  in  Regulation
         1.402(g)-l(b)) under another qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as
         defined in Code  Section  401(k)),  a simplified  employee  pension (as
         defined in Code Section 408(k)), a salary reduction arrangement (within
         the meaning of Code  Section  3121(a)(5)(D)),  a deferred  compensation
         plan under Code  Section  457,  or a trust  described  in Code  Section
         501(c)(18)  cumulatively  exceed the limitation imposed by Code Section
         402(g) (as adjusted  annually in accordance with the method provided in
         Code Section 415(d)  pursuant to  Regulations)  for such  Participant's
         taxable year, the Participant may, not later than March 1 following the
         close of the  Participant's  taxable year,  notify the Administrator in
         writing of such excess and request that its Deferred Compensation under
         this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the Participant. In such
         event,  the  Administrator  may direct the Trustee to  distribute  such
         excess amount (and any Income  allocable to such excess  amount) to the
         Participant  not later than the first April 15th following the close of
         the Participant's  taxable year.  Distributions in accordance with this
         paragraph  may be made for any taxable  year of the  Participant  which
         begins  after  December  31, 1986.  Any  distribution  of less than the
         entire  amount of Excess  Deferred  Compensation  and  Income  shall be
         treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Deferred  Compensation and
         Income.  The amount  distributed  shall not  exceed  the  Participant's
         Deferred  Compensation  under  the  Plan  for  the  taxable  year.  Any
         distribution  on or before  the last day of the  Participant's  taxable
         year must satisfy each of the following conditions:

                  (1)      the distribution must be made after the date on which
                  the Plan received the Excess Deferred Compensation;

                  (2)      the Participant, shall designate  the distribution as
                  Excess Deferred Compensation; and

                  (3)      the  Plan  must  designate   the  distribution  as  a
                  distribution of Excess Deferred Compensation.

                           Any distribution made pursuant to this Section 4.2(f)
                  shall be made first from unmatched Deferred  Compensation and,
                  thereafter, simultaneously from Deferred Compensation which is
                  matched  and  matching  contributions  which  relate  to  such
                  Deferred    Compensation.    However,    any   such   matching
                  contributions  which are not Vested shall be forfeited in lieu
                  of being distributed.

                  (g)  Notwithstanding  Section  4.2(f) above,  a  Participant's
         Excess Deferred  Compensation shall be reduced,  but not below zero, by
         any distribution of Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 4.6(a) for
         the  Plan  Year  beginning  with  or  within  the  taxable  year of the
         Participant.


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        27

<PAGE>



                  (h) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such  other date when the
         Participant  shall be  entitled  to receive  benefits,  the fair market
         value of the  Participant's  Elective  Account shall be used to provide
         additional benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

                  (i) All amounts allocated to a Participant's  Elective Account
         may be treated as a Directed  Investment  Account  pursuant  to Section
         4.12.

                  (j)  Employer  Elective  Contributions  made  pursuant to this
         Section may be segregated into a separate  account for each Participant
         in a federally  insured  savings  account,  certificate of deposit in a
         bank or savings and loan  association,  money  market  certificate,  or
         other  short-term  debt  security  acceptable to the Trustee until such
         time as the allocations pursuant to Section 4.4 have been made.

                  (k) The Employer and the  Administrator  shall  implement  the
         salary reduction  elections  provided for herein in accordance with the
         following:

                  (1) A Participant may commence  making  elective  deferrals to
                  the Plan only  after  first  satisfying  the  eligibility  and
                  participation  requirements specified in Article III. However,
                  the Participant must make its initial salary deferral election
                  within a  reasonable  time,  not to exceed  thirty  (30) days,
                  after  entering  the Plan  pursuant  to  Section  3.3.  If the
                  Participant  fails to make an initial salary deferral election
                  within such time, then such Participant may thereafter make an
                  election in accordance with the rules governing modifications.
                  The Participant shall make such an election by entering into a
                  written  salary  reduction  agreement  with the  Employer  and
                  filing such  agreement with the  Administrator.  Such election
                  shall  initially  be effective  beginning  with the pay period
                  following the acceptance of the salary reduction  agreement by
                  the Administrator, shall not have retroactive effect and shall
                  remain in force until revoked.

                  (2) A Participant  may modify a prior election during the Plan
                  Year and concurrently  make a new election by filing a written
                  notice with the Administrator  within a reasonable time before
                  the pay period for which such modification is to be effective.
                  However,  modifications  to a salary  deferral  election shall
                  only  be  permitted   quarterly,   during   election   periods
                  established  by the  Administrator  prior to the  first day of
                  each  Plan  Year  quarter.  Any  modification  shall  not have
                  retroactive effect and shall remain in force until revoked.

                  (3) A Participant may elect to prospectively revoke his salary
                  reduction  agreement  in its  entirety  at any time during the
                  Plan Year by providing the Administrator with thirty (30) days
                  written notice of such revocation (or upon such shorter notice
                  period  as  may be  acceptable  to  the  Administrator).  Such
                  revocation  shall become  effective as of the beginning of the
                  first  pay  period  coincident  with  or  next  following  the
                  expiration of the notice period. Furthermore,  the termination
                  of  the   Participant's   employment,   or  the  cessation  of
                  participation  for any  reason,  shall be deemed to revoke any
                  salary reduction agreement then in effect, effective

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        28

<PAGE>



                  immediately following the close of the pay period within which
                  such termination or cessation occurs.

         4.3      TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

                  The  Employer   shall   generally   pay  to  the  Trustee  its
contribution  to the Plan for each Plan Year within the time  prescribed by law,
including  extensions of time, for the filing of the  Employer's  federal income
tax return for the Fiscal Year.

                  However,  Employer Elective Contributions  accumulated through
payroll deductions shall be paid to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which
such  contributions  can reasonably be segregated  from the  Employer's  general
assets,  but in any event  within  ninety  (90) days from the date on which such
amounts  would  otherwise  have been  payable to the  Participant  in cash.  The
provisions of Department of Labor regulations 2510.3-102 are incorporated herein
by reference.  Furthermore,  any  additional  Employer  contributions  which are
allocable to the Participant's Elective Account for a Plan Year shall be paid to
the Plan no later than the twelve-month  period immediately  following the close
of such Plan Year.

         4.4      ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION AND EARNINGS

                  (a) The Administrator  shall establish and maintain an account
         in the name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit
         as of  each  Anniversary  Date  all  amounts  allocated  to  each  such
         Participant as set forth herein.

                  (b) The  Employer  shall  provide the  Administrator  with all
         information  required by the  Administrator to make a proper allocation
         of the Employer's contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable
         period of time after the date of receipt by the  Administrator  of such
         information,  the  Administrator  shall allocate such  contribution  as
         follows:

                  (1) With respect to the Employer's Elective  Contribution made
                  pursuant to Section  4.1(a),  to each  Participant's  Elective
                  Account in an amount equal to each such Participant's Deferred
                  Compensation for the year.

                  (2) With respect to the Employer's  Non-Elective  Contribution
                  made pursuant to Section 4.1(b), to each Participant's Account
                  in accordance with Section 4.1(b).

                  Only Participants who are actively employed on the last day of
                  the Plan  Year  shall  be  eligible  to share in the  matching
                  contribution for the year.

                  (3) With respect to the Employer's  Non-Elective  Contribution
                  made pursuant to Section 4.1(c), to each Participant's Account
                  in  the  same   proportion   that  each   such   Participant's
                  Compensation  for the year bears to the total  Compensation of
                  all Participants for such year.


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        29

<PAGE>



                  Only Participants who are actively employed on the last day of
                  the Plan Year shall be eligible to share in the  discretionary
                  contribution for the year.

                  (c)  For  any Top  Heavy  Plan  Year,  Non-Key  Employees  not
         otherwise  eligible  to share in the  allocation  of  contributions  as
         provided above,  shall receive the minimum  allocation  provided for in
         Section  4.4(g) if  eligible  pursuant  to the  provisions  of  Section
         4.4(i).

                  (d)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Participants who are not
         actively  employed  on the last day of the Plan  Year due to Total  and
         Permanent  Disability  or  death  shall  share  in  the  allocation  of
         contributions for that Plan Year.

                  (e) Participants who are not actively employed on the last day
         of the Plan Year due to Retirement  (Normal or Late) shall share in the
         allocation  of  contributions  for that  Plan  Year  only if  otherwise
         eligible in accordance with this Section.

                  (f) As of each  Anniversary  Date  or  other  valuation  date,
         before  allocation  of one-half of the Employer  contributions  for the
         entire  Plan Year,  any  earnings or losses  (net  appreciation  or net
         depreciation)  of the  Trust  Fund  shall  be  allocated  in  the  same
         proportion   that   each   Participant's   and   Former   Participant's
         nonsegregated  accounts  bear to the  total  of all  Participants'  and
         Former Participants' nonsegregated accounts as of such date.

                           Participants'  transfers from other  qualified  plans
         deposited  in the general  Trust Fund shall share in any  earnings  and
         losses (net  appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund in the
         same manner  provided  above.  Each  segregated  account  maintained on
         behalf of a Participant  shall be credited or charged with its separate
         earnings and losses.

                  (g)  Minimum  Allocations  Required  for Top Heavy Plan Years:
         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the sum of
         the Employer's  contributions  allocated to the Participant's  Combined
         Account  of each  Non-Key  Employee  shall be  equal to at least  three
         percent (3%) of such Non-Key Employee's "415 Compensation"  (reduced by
         contributions  and  forfeitures,  if any,  allocated  to  each  Non-Key
         Employee in any defined  contribution plan included with this plan in a
         Required Aggregation Group).  However, if (1) the sum of the Employer's
         contributions  allocated to the Participant's  Combined Account of each
         Key  Employee  for such Top Heavy Plan Year is less than three  percent
         (3%) of each Key Employee's "415 Compensation" and (2) this Plan is not
         required  to be included  in an  Aggregation  Group to enable a defined
         benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410,
         the sum of the Employer's  contributions allocated to the Participant's
         Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest
         percentage  allocated to the Participant's  Combined Account of any Key
         Employee.  However,  in  determining  whether  a Non-Key  Employee  has
         received  the required  minimum  allocation,  such  Non-Key  Employee's
         Deferred Compensation and matching  contributions needed to satisfy the
         "Actual Contribution Percentage" tests pursuant to Section 4.7(a) shall
         not be taken into account.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        30

<PAGE>




                           However, no such minimum allocation shall be required
         in this Plan for any  Non-Key  Employee  who  participates  in  another
         defined  contribution  plan subject to Code Section 412 providing  such
         benefits included with this Plan in a Required Aggregation Group.

                  (h) For purposes of the minimum  allocations  set forth above,
         the percentage  allocated to the Participant's  Combined Account of any
         Key Employee  shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the  Employer's
         contributions  allocated on behalf of such Key Employee  divided by the
         "415 Compensation" for such Key Employee.

                  (i) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum  allocations  set
         forth above shall be allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of
         all Non-Key  Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the
         Employer on the last day of the Plan Year,  including Non-Key Employees
         who have (1) failed to complete a Year of Service;  and (2) declined to
         make mandatory contributions (if required) or, in the case of a cash or
         deferred arrangement, elective contributions to the Plan.

                  (j) For the purposes of this Section, "415 Compensation" shall
         be limited to $200,000.  Such amount shall be adjusted at the same time
         and in the same manner as permitted under Code Section  415(d),  except
         that the dollar  increase in effect on January 1 of any  calendar  year
         shall be  effective  for the Plan Year  beginning  with or within  such
         calendar year and the first adjustment to the $200,000 limitation shall
         be  effective  on  January  1,  1990.  For any short Plan Year the "415
         Compensation"  limit shall be an amount equal to the "415 Compensation"
         limit for the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins multiplied by
         the ratio  obtained by dividing  the number of full months in the short
         Plan Year by twelve (12).  However,  for Plan Years  beginning prior to
         January 1, 1989, the $200,000 limit shall apply only for Top Heavy Plan
         Years and shall not be adjusted.

                           In addition to other applicable limitations set forth
         in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
         contrary,  for Plan Years  beginning on or after  January 1, 1994,  the
         annual  Compensation of each Employee taken into account under the Plan
         shall not exceed the OBRA '93 annual  compensation  limit. The OBRA '93
         annual compensation limit is $150,000,  as adjusted by the Commissioner
         for  increases  in the cost of living in  accordance  with Code Section
         401(a)(17)(B).  The cost of living  adjustment in effect for a calendar
         year  applies  to any  period,  not  exceeding  12  months,  over which
         Compensation  is determined  (determination  period)  beginning in such
         calendar  year.  If a  determination  period  consists of fewer than 12
         months, the OBRA '93 annual  compensation limit will be multiplied by a
         fraction,  the  numerator  of  which is the  number  of  months  in the
         determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

                           For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994,
         any  reference  in  this  Plan to the  limitation  under  Code  Section
         401(a)(17) shall mean the OBRA '93 annual  compensation limit set forth
         in this provision.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        31

<PAGE>



                           If Compensation for any prior determination period is
         taken into account in  determining an Employee's  benefits  accruing in
         the current Plan Year, the  Compensation  for that prior  determination
         period is subject to the OBRA '93 annual  compensation  limit in effect
         for  that  prior   determination   period.   For  this   purpose,   for
         determination  periods beginning before the first day of the first Plan
         Year  beginning  on or after  January  1,  1994,  the  OBRA '93  annual
         compensation Limit is $150,000.

                  (k)   Notwithstanding   anything   herein  to  the   contrary,
         Participants  who terminated  employment for any reason during the Plan
         Year shall  share in the  salary  reduction  contributions  made by the
         Employer  for the year of  termination  without  regard to the Hours of
         Service credited.

                  (l) If a  Former  Participant  is  reemployed  after  five (5)
         consecutive  1-Year Breaks in Service,  then separate accounts shall be
         maintained as follows:

                  (1)    one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to
                  pre-break service; and

                  (2)    one  account  representing   his  status  in  the  Plan
                  attributable to post-break service.

                  (m) Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,  for Plan Years
         beginning  after  December  31,  1989,  if  this is a Plan  that  would
         otherwise fail to meet the  requirements  of Code Sections  401(a)(26),
         410(b)(1) or  410(b)(2)(A)(i)  and the Regulations  thereunder  because
         Employer contributions would not be allocated to a sufficient number or
         percentage of  Participants  for a Plan Year,  then the following rules
         shall apply:

                  (1)  The  group  of  Participants  eligible  to  share  in the
                  Employer's contribution for the Plan Year shall be expanded to
                  include  the  minimum  number  of  Participants  who would not
                  otherwise  be  eligible  as  are   necessary  to  satisfy  the
                  applicable test specified above. The specific Participants who
                  shall become  eligible under the terms of this paragraph shall
                  be those who are actively employed on the last day of the Plan
                  Year and,  when compared to similarly  situated  Participants,
                  have completed the greatest  number of Hours of Service in the
                  Plan Year.

                  (2)  If  after   application  of  paragraph  (1)  above,   the
                  applicable  test is still  not  satisfied,  then the  group of
                  Participants eligible to share in the Employer's  contribution
                  for the Plan Year shall be  further  expanded  to include  the
                  minimum number of Participants who are 'not actively  employed
                  on the last day of the Plan Year as are  necessary  to satisfy
                  the  applicable  test.  The  specific  Participants  who shall
                  become  eligible  to share shall be those  Participants,  when
                  compared  to  similarly   situated   Participants,   who  have
                  completed the greatest  number of Hours of Service in the Plan
                  Year before terminating employment.

                  (3)  Nothing in this  Section shall permit the  reduction of a
                  Participant's accrued benefit. Therefore any amounts that have
                  previously been allocated to Participants

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        32

<PAGE>



                  may not be reallocated to satisfy these requirements.  In such
                  event,  the  Employer  shall make an  additional  contribution
                  equal to the  amount  such  affected  Participants  would have
                  received had they been included in the allocations, even if it
                  exceeds  the  amount  which  would be  deductible  under  Code
                  Section 404. Any  adjustment  to the  allocations  pursuant to
                  this  paragraph  shall be considered a  retroactive  amendment
                  adopted by the last day of the Plan Year.

         4.5      ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  (a) Maximum  Annual  Allocation:  For each Plan Year beginning
         after  December 31, 1986, the annual  allocation  derived from Employer
         Elective  Contributions  to  a  Participant's  Elective  Account  shall
         satisfy one of the following tests:

                  (1)  The   "Actual   Deferral   Percentage"   for  the  Highly
                  Compensated  Participant  group  shall  not be more  than  the
                  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage" of the  Non-Highly  Compensated
                  Participant group multiplied by 1.25, or

                  (2) The excess of the  "Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  for the
                  Highly Compensated Participant group over the "Actual Deferral
                  Percentage" for the Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant group
                  shall not be more than two  percentage  points.  Additionally,
                  the "Actual  Deferral  Percentage" for the Highly  Compensated
                  Participant  group  shall  not  exceed  the  "Actual  Deferral
                  Percentage" for the Non- Highly Compensated  Participant group
                  multiplied by 2. The provisions of Code Section  401(k)(3) and
                  Regulation 1.401(k)-l(b) are incorporated herein by reference.

                  However,  for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, in
                  order to prevent the  multiple use of the  alternative  method
                  described in (2) above and in Code Section  401(m)(9)(A),  any
                  Highly  Compensated  Participant  eligible  to  make  elective
                  deferrals  pursuant  to  Section  4.2  and  to  make  Employee
                  contributions or to receive matching  contributions under this
                  Plan or under any other plan  maintained by the Employer or an
                  Affiliated  Employer shall have his actual  contribution ratio
                  reduced pursuant to Regulation  1.401(m)-2,  the provisions of
                  which are incorporated herein by reference.

                  (b)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Section  "Actual   Deferral
         Percentage" means, with respect to the Highly  Compensated  Participant
         group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for a Plan Year, the
         average of the ratios,  calculated  separately for each  Participant in
         such group, of the amount of Employer Elective Contributions  allocated
         to each  Participant's  Elective  Account  for such Plan Year,  to such
         Participant's  "414(s)  Compensation"  for such Plan  Year.  The actual
         deferral  ratio  for  each   Participant   and  the  "Actual   Deferral
         Percentage"   for  each  group  shall  be  calculated  to  the  nearest
         one-hundredth  of one percent for Plan Years  beginning  after December
         31, 1988. Employer Elective Contributions  allocated to each Non-Highly
         Compensated Participant's Elective

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        33

<PAGE>



         Account shaft be reduced by Excess Deferred  Compensation to the extent
         such  excess  amounts  are  made  under  this  Plan or any  other  plan
         maintained by the Employer.

                  (c) For the purpose of determining  the actual  deferral ratio
         of a Highly  Compensated  Employee who is subject to the Family  Member
         aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is
         either a "five  percent  owner" of the  Employer or one of the ten (10)
         Highly  Compensated  Employees  paid the  greatest  "415  Compensation"
         during the year, the following shall apply:

                  (1) The combined  actual  deferral  ratio for the family group
                  (which shall be treated as one Highly Compensated Participant)
                  shall  be  determined   by   aggregating   Employer   Elective
                  Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible Family
                  Members (including Highly Compensated Participants).  However,
                  in applying the $200,000 limit to "414(s)  Compensation,"  for
                  Plan Years beginning  after December 31, 1988,  Family Members
                  shall  include  only the  affected  Employee's  spouse and any
                  lineal  descendants  who have not  attained  age 19 before the
                  close of the Plan Year.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  with
                  respect  to Plan  Years  beginning  prior to  January 1, 1990,
                  compliance with the Regulations then in effect shall be deemed
                  to be compliance with this paragraph.

                  (2)  The   Employer   Elective   Contributions   and   "414(s)
                  Compensation"  of all Family Members shall be disregarded  for
                  purposes of determining  the "Actual  Deferral  Percentage" of
                  the  Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant  group except to the
                  extent taken into account in paragraph (1) above.

                  (3) If a Participant  is required to be aggregated as a member
                  of more than one family group in a plan, all  Participants who
                  are  members  of  those   family   groups  that   include  the
                  Participant  are  aggregated as one family group in accordance
                  with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

                  (d) For the  purposes  of  Sections  4.5(a)  and 4.6, a Highly
         Compensated  Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall
         include any Employee  eligible to make a deferral  election pursuant to
         Section  4.2,  whether  or not  such  deferral  election  was  made  or
         suspended pursuant to Section 4.2.

                  (e) For  the  purposes  of  this  Section  and  Code  Sections
         401(a)(4),  410(b) and 401(k),  if two or more plans which include cash
         or deferred  arrangements  are  considered one plan for the purposes of
         Code   Section   401(a)(4)   or  410(b)   (other   than  Code   Section
         410(b)(2)(A)(ii)  as in effect for Plan Years  beginning after December
         31,  1988),  the cash or deferred  arrangements  included in such plans
         shall be treated as one arrangement.  In addition,  two or more cash or
         deferred  arrangements  may be considered as a single  arrangement  for
         purposes of determining  whether or not such arrangements  satisfy Code
         Sections  401(a)(4),  410(b) and  401(k).  In such a case,  the cash or
         deferred  arrangements  included in such plans and the plans  including
         such  arrangements  shall be treated as one arrangement and as one plan
         for purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        34

<PAGE>



         410(b) and 401(k). Plans may be aggregated under this paragraph (e) for
         Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989 only if they have the same
         plan year.

                           Notwithstanding  the above,  for Plan Years beginning
         after December 31, 1988, an employee stock  ownership plan described in
         Code Section  4975(e)(7)  or 409 may not be combined with this Plan for
         purposes of determining  whether the employee  stock  ownership plan or
         this Plan  satisfies this Section and Code Sections  401(a)(4),  410(b)
         and 401(k).

                  (f) For the purposes of this Section,  if a Highly Compensated
         Participant  is a  Participant  under  two or  more  cash  or  deferred
         arrangements  (other than a cash or deferred  arrangement which is part
         of an  employee  stock  ownership  plan  as  defined  in  Code  Section
         4975(e)(7) or 409 for Plan Years  beginning after December 31, 1988) of
         the  Employer  or an  Affiliated  Employer,  all such cash or  deferred
         arrangements  shall be treated as one cash or deferred  arrangement for
         the purpose of  determining  the actual  deferral ratio with respect to
         such Highly Compensated Participant.  However, for Plan Years beginning
         after  December 31,  1988,  if the cash or deferred  arrangements  have
         different plan years,  this paragraph  shall be applied by treating all
         cash or deferred  arrangements  ending with or within the same calendar
         year as a single arrangement.

         4.6      ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  In the event that the initial  allocations  of the  Employer's
Elective  Contributions  made  pursuant to Section 4.4 do not satisfy one of the
tests set forth in Section  4.5(a) for Plan Years  beginning  after December 31,
1986,  the  Administrator  shall  adjust  Excess  Contributions  pursuant to the
options set forth below:

                  (a)  On or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  third  month
         following the end of each Plan Year, the Highly Compensated Participant
         having the  highest  actual  deferral  ratio  shall have his portion of
         Excess  Contributions  distributed  to him  until  one of the tests set
         forth in Section  4.5(a) is  satisfied,  or until his  actual  deferral
         ratio  equals  the  actual  deferral  ratio of the  Highly  Compensated
         Participant  having the second  highest  actual  deferral  ratio.  This
         process  shall  continue  until one of the  tests set forth in  Section
         4.5(a) is  satisfied.  For each  Highly  Compensated  Participant,  the
         amount of Excess  Contributions is equal to the Elective  Contributions
         on behalf of such Highly Compensated  Participant  (determined prior to
         the  application  of this  paragraph)  minus the amount  determined  by
         multiplying the Highly Compensated  Participant's actual deferral ratio
         (determined  after  application  of  this  paragraph)  by  his  "414(s)
         Compensation."   However,   in   determining   the   amount  of  Excess
         Contributions  to be  distributed  with  respect to an affected  Highly
         Compensated  Participant  as  determined  herein,  such amount shall be
         reduced by any Excess Deferred Compensation  previously  distributed to
         such  affected  Highly  Compensated  Participant  for his taxable  year
         ending with or within such Plan Year.

                  (1)   With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions
                  pursuant to (a) above, such distribution:

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        35

<PAGE>




                           (i)   may be postponed but  not later than the  close
                           of the  Plan Year following  the Plan  Year  to which
                           they are allocable;

                           (ii)  shall  be made  fast  from  unmatched  Deferred
                           Compensation  and,  thereafter,  simultaneously  from
                           Deferred  Compensation  which is matched and matching
                           contributions   which   relate   to   such   Deferred
                           Compensation.     However,    any    such    matching
                           contributions which are not Vested shall be forfeited
                           in lieu of being distributed;

                           (iii) shall be adjusted for Income; and

                           (iv)  shall  be  designated  by  the  Employer  as  a
                           distribution of Excess Contributions (and Income).

                  (2) Any distribution of less than the entire amount  of Excess
                  Contributions shall be treated as a pro  rata. distribution of
                  Excess Contributions and Income.

                  (3) The determination  and correction of Excess  Contributions
                  of a Highly  Compensated  Participant  whose  actual  deferral
                  ratio is determined under the family  aggregation  rules shall
                  be  accomplished  by  reducing  the actual  deferral  ratio as
                  required herein,  and the Excess  Contributions for the family
                  unit  shall  then be  allocated  among the  Family  Members in
                  proportion to the Elective Contributions of each Family Member
                  that were  combined to  determine  the group  actual  deferral
                  ratio.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  with respect to Plan
                  Years beginning prior to January 1, 1990,  compliance with the
                  Regulations  then in effect  shall be deemed to be  compliance
                  with this paragraph.

                  (b) Within  twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year,
         the Employer may make a special Qualified Non-Elective  Contribution on
         behalf of Non-Highly  Compensated  Participants in an amount sufficient
         to  satisfy  one of  the  tests  set  forth  in  Section  4.5(a).  Such
         contribution  shall be allocated to the Participant's  Elective Account
         of each Non-Highly Compensated  Participant in the same proportion that
         each Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant's  Compensation  for the year
         bears  to  the  total   Compensation  of  all  Non-Highly   Compensated
         Participants.

                  (c) If during a Plan Year the  projected  aggregate  amount of
         Elective  Contributions  to be  allocated  to  all  Highly  Compensated
         Participants under this Plan would, by virtue of the tests set forth in
         Section  4.5(a),   cause  the  Plan  to  fail  such  tests,   then  the
         Administrator may automatically reduce  proportionately or in the order
         provided  in  Section   4.6(a)   each   affected   Highly   Compensated
         Participant's  deferral  election  made  pursuant  to Section 4.2 by an
         amount  necessary  to  satisfy  one of the tests  set forth in  Section
         4.5(a).

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        36

<PAGE>




         4.7      ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  (a)  The  "Actual  Contribution  Percentage"  for  Plan  Years
         beginning   after   December  31,  1986  for  the  Highly   Compensated
         Participant group shall not exceed the greater of:

                  (1) 125  percent  of   such  percentage  for   the  Non-Highly
                  Compensated Participant group; or

                  (2) the  lesser  of 200  percent  of such  percentage  for the
                  Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant group, or such percentage
                  for  the  Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant  group  plus  2
                  percentage  points.  However,  for Plan Years  beginning after
                  December  31,  1988,  to  prevent  the  multiple  use  of  the
                  alternative  method  described  in  this  paragraph  and  Code
                  Section  401(m)(9)(A),   any  highly  Compensated  Participant
                  eligible to make elective deferrals pursuant to Section 4.2 or
                  any  other  cash or  deferred  arrangement  maintained  by the
                  Employer  or an  Affiliated  Employer  and  to  make  Employee
                  contributions or to receive matching  contributions under this
                  Plan or under any other plan  maintained by the Employer or an
                  Affiliated  Employer shall have his actual  contribution ratio
                  reduced pursuant to Regulation  1.401(m)-2.  The provisions of
                  Code  Section  401(m)  and   Regulations   1.401(m)-1(b)   and
                  1.401(m)-2 are incorporated herein by reference.

                  (b) For the purposes of this Section and Section 4.8,. "Actual
         Contribution  Percentage" for a Plan Year means,  with respect,  to the
         Highly  Compensated   Participant  group  and  Non-Highly   Compensated
         Participant group, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for
         each Participant in each group) of:

                  (1) the sum of Employer  matching contributions  made pursuant
                  to Section 4.1(b) on behalf of each such  Participant for such
                  Plan Year; to

                  (2) the Participant's "414(s)Compensation" for such Plan Year.

                  (c) For  purposes  of  determining  the  "Actual  Contribution
         Percentage" and the amount of Excess Aggregate  Contributions  pursuant
         to Section  4.8(d),  only Employer  matching  contributions  (excluding
         Employer matching  contributions  forfeited or distributed  pursuant to
         Sections 4.2(f) and 4.6(a)(1)) contributed to the Plan prior to the end
         of the  succeeding  Plan Year shall be  considered.  In  addition,  the
         Administrator may elect to take into account, with respect to Employees
         eligible to have Employer  matching  contributions  pursuant to Section
         4.l(b) allocated to their accounts,  elective  deferrals (as defined in
         Regulation 1.402(g)-1(b)) and qualified non-elective  contributions (as
         defined  in  Code  Section   401(m)(4)(C))   contributed  to  any  plan
         maintained  by the  Employer.  Such  elective  deferrals  and qualified
         non-elective  contributions  shall  be  treated  as  Employer  matching
         contributions   subject  to   Regulation   1.401(m)-1(b)(5)   which  is
         incorporated  herein by reference.  However,  for Plan Years  beginning
         after December 31, 1988, the Plan Year

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        37

<PAGE>



         must be the same as the plan  year of the  plan to which  the  elective
         deferrals and the qualified non-elective contributions are made.

                  (d) For the  purpose of  determining  the actual  contribution
         ratio of a Highly  Compensated  Employee  who is  subject to the Family
         Member  aggregation  rules  of  Code  Section  414(q)(6)  because  such
         Employee is either a "five percent owner" of the Employer or one of the
         ten  (10)  Highly   Compensated   Employees   paid  the  greatest  "415
         Compensation" during the year, the following shall apply:

                  (1) The  combined  actual  contribution  ratio for the  family
                  group  (which  shall  be  treated  as one  Highly  Compensated
                  Participant)  shall  be  determined  by  aggregating  Employer
                  matching  contributions  made  pursuant to Section  4.1(b) and
                  "414(s)   Compensation"   of  all  eligible   Family   Members
                  (including  Highly  Compensated  Participants).   However,  in
                  applying the $200,000 limit to "414(s)  Compensation" for Plan
                  Years beginning after December 31, 1988,  Family Members shall
                  include  only the  affected  Employee's  spouse and any lineal
                  descendants  who have not  attained age 19 before the close of
                  the Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to
                  Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1990, compliance with
                  the  Regulations   then  in  effect  shall  be  deemed  to  be
                  compliance with this paragraph.

                  (2) The  Employer  matching  contributions  made  pursuant  to
                  Section 4.1(b) and "414(s) Compensation" of all Family Members
                  shall be disregarded  for purposes of determining  the "Actual
                  Contribution   Percentage"  of  the   Non-Highly   Compensated
                  Participant  group  except to the extent taken into account in
                  paragraph (1) above.

                  (3) If a Participant  is required to be aggregated as a member
                  of more than one family group in a plan, all  Participants who
                  are  members  of  those   family   groups  that   include  the
                  Participant  are  aggregated as one family group in accordance
                  with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

                  (e) For purposes of this Section and Code Sections  401(a)(4),
         410(b)  and  401(m),  if two or more  plans  of the  Employer  to which
         matching contributions,  Employee contributions,  or both, are made are
         treated as one plan for purposes of Code  Sections  401(a)(4) or 410(b)
         (other   than  the   average   benefits   test   under   Code   Section
         410(b)(2)(A)(ii)  as in effect for Plan Years  beginning after December
         31, 1988), such plans shall be treated as one plan. In addition, two or
         more plans of the Employer to which  matching  contributions,  Employee
         contributions, or both, are made may be considered as a single plan for
         purposes of determining whether or not such plans satisfy Code Sections
         401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m). In such a case, the aggregated plans must
         satisfy this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),  410(b) and 401(m) as
         though  such  aggregated  plans  were  a  single  plan.  Plans  may  be
         aggregated  under this  paragraph  (e) for Plan Years  beginning  after
         December 31, 1988, only if they have the same plan year.


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        38

<PAGE>



                           Notwithstanding  the above,  for Plan Years beginning
         after December 31, 1988, an employee stock  ownership plan described in
         Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409 may not be aggregated with this Plan for
         purposes of determining  whether the employee  stock  ownership plan or
         this Plan  satisfies this Section and Code Sections  401(a)(4),  410(b)
         and 401(m).

                  (f) If a Highly Compensated Participant is a Participant under
         two or more plans  (other  than an  employee  stock  ownership  plan as
         defined in Code  Section  4975(e)(7)  or 409 for Plan  Years  beginning
         after  December  31, 1988) which are  maintained  by the Employer or an
         Affiliated   Employer  to  which   matching   contributions,   Employee
         contributions,  or both, are made, all such  contributions on behalf of
         such Highly Compensated Participant shall be aggregated for purposes of
         determining such Highly Compensated  Participant's  actual contribution
         ratio.  However,  for Plan Years  beginning after December 31, 1988, if
         the plans have different plan years, this paragraph shall be applied by
         treating  all plans ending with or within the same  calendar  year as a
         single plan.

                  (g)  For  purposes  of  Sections  4.7(a)  and  4.8,  a  Highly
         Compensated  Participant and Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant shall
         include any Employee eligible to have Employer  matching  contributions
         pursuant to Section 4.1(b) (whether or not a deferral election was made
         or suspended  pursuant to Section 4.2(e))  allocated to his account for
         the Plan Year.

         4.8      ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

                  (a) In the event that, for Plan Years beginning after December
         31,  1986,  the  "Actual   Contribution   Percentage"  for  the  Highly
         Compensated   Participant   group  exceeds  the  "Actual   Contribution
         Percentage" for the Non-Highly  Compensated  Participant group pursuant
         to Section 4.7(a), the Administrator (on or before the fifteenth day of
         the third  month  following  the end of the Plan Year,  but in no event
         later  than the close of the  following  Plan  Year)  shall  direct the
         Trustee to distribute to the Highly Compensated  Participant having the
         highest  actual  contribution  ratio,  his  Vested  portion  of  Excess
         Aggregate  Contributions  (and Income allocable to such  contributions)
         and,  if  forfeitable,   forfeit  such  non-Vested   Excess   Aggregate
         Contributions  attributable  to Employer  matching  contributions  (and
         Income allocable to such forfeitures) until either one of the tests set
         forth in Section 4.7(a) is satisfied,  or until his actual contribution
         ratio equals the actual  contribution  ratio of the Highly  Compensated
         Participant having the second highest actual  contribution  ratio. This
         process  shall  continue  until one of the  tests set forth in  Section
         4.7(a) is satisfied.

                  (b) Any distribution and/or forfeiture of less than the entire
         amount of Excess Aggregate  Contributions (and Income) shall be treated
         as a pro  rata  distribution  and/or  forfeiture  of  Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions   and   Income.    Distribution   of   Excess   Aggregate
         Contributions  shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of
         Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  (and Income).  Forfeitures  of Excess
         Aggregate  Contributions  shall be treated in  accordance  with Section
         4.4.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        39

<PAGE>




                  (c)  Excess  Aggregate   Contributions,   including  forfeited
         matching contributions,  shall be treated as Employer contributions for
         purposes  of Code  Sections  404 and 415 even if  distributed  from the
         Plan.

         Forfeited matching  contributions that are reallocated to Participants'
         Accounts  for the Plan Year in which  the  forfeiture  occurs  shall be
         treated  as an "annual  addition"  pursuant  to Section  4.9(b) for the
         Participants  to  whose  Accounts  they  are  reallocated  and  for the
         Participants from whose Accounts they are forfeited.

                  (d) For each  highly  Compensated  Participant,  the amount of
         Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  is  equal  to the  Employer  matching
         contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.1(b)  and  any  qualified
         non-elective  contributions  or elective  deferrals  taken into account
         pursuant  to  Section  4.7(c)  on  behalf  of  the  Highly  Compensated
         Participant  (determined  prior to the  application of this  paragraph)
         minus the amount  determined  by  multiplying  the  Highly  Compensated
         Participant's  actual  contribution ratio (determined after application
         of  this   paragraph)   by  his  "414(s)   Compensation."   The  actual
         contribution ratio must be rounded to the nearest  one-hundredth of one
         percent for Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1988. In no case
         shall the amount of Excess Aggregate  Contribution  with respect to any
         Highly  Compensated  Participant exceed the amount of Employer matching
         contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.1(b)  and  any  qualified
         nonelective  contributions  or elective  deferrals  taken into  account
         pursuant  to  Section  4.7(c)  on  behalf  of such  Highly  Compensated
         Participant for such Plan Year.

                  (e)  The  determination  of the  amount  of  Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions  with  respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first
         determining  the  Excess  Contributions,  if  any,  to  be  treated  as
         voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization for the plan
         year of any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in
         Code  Section  401(k))  maintained  by the  Employer  that ends with or
         within the Plan Year.

                  (f) If the  determination  and correction of Excess  Aggregate
         Contributions  of  a  Highly   Compensated   Participant  whose  actual
         contribution  ratio is determined under the family  aggregation  rules,
         then the actual  contribution  ratio  shall be  reduced  and the Excess
         Aggregate  Contributions  for the family unit shall be allocated  among
         the  Family  Members  in  proportion  to the sum of  Employer  matching
         contributions  made  pursuant  to  Section  4.1(b)  and  any  qualified
         non-elective  contributions  or elective  deferrals  taken into account
         pursuant to Section  4.7(c) of each Family Member that were combined to
         determine  the group actual  contribution  ratio.  Notwithstanding  the
         foregoing,  with  respect to Plan Years  beginning  prior to January 1,
         1990, compliance with the Regulations then in effect shall be deemed to
         be compliance with this paragraph.

                  (g) If during a Plan Year the  projected  aggregate  amount of
         Employer   matching   contributions  to  be  allocated  to  all  Highly
         Compensated  Participants under this Plan would, by virtue of the tests
         set forth in Section  4.7(a),  cause the Plan to fail such tests,  then
         the Administrator may automatically  reduce  proportionately  or in the
         order provided in

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        40

<PAGE>



         Section 4.8(a) each affected Highly Compensated Participant's projected
         share of such  contributions  by an amount  necessary to satisfy one of
         the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a).

                  (h) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after
         the end of the Plan Year,  the  Employer  may make a special  Qualified
         Non-Elective   Contribution   on  behalf  of   Non-Highly   Compensated
         Participants  in an amount  sufficient  to satisfy one of the tests set
         forth in Section 4.7(a).  Such  contribution  shall be allocated to the
         Participant's   Elective   Account  of  each   Non-Highly   Compensated
         Participant in the same  proportion  that each  Non-Highly  Compensated
         Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the total Compensation
         of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants. A separate accounting shall
         be maintained for the purpose of excluding such  contributions from the
         "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests pursuant to Section 4.5(a).

         4.9      MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS

                  (a)  Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   the  maximum  "annual
         additions"  credited to a  Participant's  accounts for any  "limitation
         year"  shall  equal  the  lesser  of:  (1)  $30,000  (or,  if  greater,
         one-fourth  of the  dollar  limitation  in effect  under  Code  Section
         415(b)(1)(A))  or (2)  twenty-five  percent (25%) of the  Participant's
         "415   Compensation"   for  such  "limitation   year."  For  any  short
         "limitation  year," the dollar limitation in (1) above shall be reduced
         by a fraction,  the  numerator of which is the number of full months in
         the  short  "limitation  year" and the  denominator  of which is twelve
         (12).

                  (b) For purposes of applying the  limitations  of Code Section
         415, if annual  additions"  means the sum  credited to a  Participant's
         accounts for any "limitation year" of (1) Employer  contributions,  (2)
         Employee  contributions for "limitation years" beginning after December
         31, 1986, (3) forfeitures, (4) amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984,
         to an individual medical account,  as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)
         which is part of a pension or annuity plan  maintained  by the Employer
         and (5)  amounts  derived  from  contributions  paid or  accrued  after
         December 31, 1985, in taxable  years ending after such date,  which are
         attributable  to  post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated  to the
         separate  account  of a  key  employee  (as  defined  in  Code  Section
         419A(d)(3))  under a welfare  benefit  plan (as defined in Code Section
         419(e))  maintained  by  the  Employer.   Except,   however,  the  "415
         Compensation"  percentage  limitation  referred to in paragraph  (a)(2)
         above shall not apply to: (1) any  contribution  for  medical  benefits
         (within the meaning of Code Section  419A(f)(2))  after separation from
         service which is otherwise treated as an "annual  addition," or (2) any
         amount  otherwise  treated as an "annual  addition"  under Code Section
         415(l)(1).

                  (c) For purposes of applying the  limitations  of Code Section
         415, the transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an
         "annual  addition."  In  addition,   the  following  are  not  Employee
         contributions  for the  purposes  of Section  4.9(b)(2):  (1)  rollover
         contributions    (as    defined    in    Code    Sections    402(a)(5),
         403(a)(4),403(b)(8)  and 408(d)(3));  (2) repayments of loans made to a
         Participant from the Plan; (3) repayments

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        41

<PAGE>



         of  distributions  received  by an Employee  pursuant  to Code  Section
         411(a)(7)(B) (cash- outs); (4) repayments of distributions  received by
         an  Employee   pursuant  to  Code   Section   411(a)(3)(D)   (mandatory
         contributions); and (5) Employee contributions to a simplified employee
         pension excludable from gross income under Code Section 408(k)(6).

                  (d) For purposes of applying the  limitations of  Code Section
          415, the "limitation year" shall be the Plan Year.

                  (e) The  dollar  limitation  under Code  Section  415(b)(1)(A)
         stated in paragraph (a)(1) above shall be adjusted annually as provided
         in Code  Section  415(d)  pursuant  to the  Regulations.  The  adjusted
         limitation  is effective as of January 1st of each calendar year and is
         applicable  to  "limitation  years" ending with or within that calendar
         year.

                  (f) For the purpose of this  Section,  all  qualified  defined
         benefit  plans  (whether  terminated  or not)  ever  maintained  by the
         Employer  shall  be  treated  as one  defined  benefit  plan,  and  all
         qualified defined  contribution plans (whether  terminated or not) ever
         maintained by the Employer shall be treated as one defined contribution
         plan.

                  (g) For the  purpose of this  Section,  if the  Employer  is a
         member of a  controlled  group of  corporations,  trades or  businesses
         under  common  control  (as  defined  by Code  Section  1563(a) or Code
         Section 414(b) and (c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)), is a member
         of an affiliated service group (as defined by Code Section 414(m)),  or
         is a member of a group of entities  required to be aggregated  pursuant
         to  Regulations  under  Code  Section  414(o),  all  Employees  of such
         Employers shall be considered to be employed by a single Employer.

                  (h) For the  purpose of this  Section,  if this Plan is a Code
         Section 413(c) plan,  all Employers of a Participant  who maintain this
         Plan will be considered to be a single Employer.

                  (i) (1) If a Participant participates in more than one defined
         contribution  plan  maintained  by the  Employer  which have  different
         Anniversary Dates, the maximum "annual additions" under this Plan shall
         equal the maximum "annual  additions" for the  "limitation  year" minus
         any  "annual  additions"  previously  credited  to  such  Participant's
         accounts during the "limitation year."

                           (2) If a Participant  participates  in both a defined
         contribution   plan   subject  to  Code   Section  412  and  a  defined
         contribution  plan not subject to Code  Section 412  maintained  by the
         Employer which have the same Anniversary Date,  "annual additions" will
         be  credited   to  the   Participant's   accounts   under  the  defined
         contribution  plan  subject  to Code  Section  412  prior to  crediting
         "annual  additions"  to the  Participant's  accounts  under the defined
         contribution plan not subject to Code Section 412.

                           (3) If a  Participant  participates  in more than one
         defined contribution plan not subject to Code Section 412 maintained by
         the Employer which have the same

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        42

<PAGE>



         Anniversary Date, the maximum "annual  additions" under this Plan shall
         equal  the  product  of (A)  the  maximum  "annual  additions"  for the
         "limitation year" minus any annual additions" previously credited under
         subparagraphs  (1) or (2) above,  multiplied  by (B) a fraction (i) the
         numerator of which is the "annual additions" which would be credited to
         such  Participant's  accounts  under  this Plan  without  regard to the
         limitations  of Code Section 415 and (ii) the  denominator  of which is
         such "annual additions" for all plans described in this subparagraph.

                  (j) If an  Employee is (or has been) a  Participant  in one or
         more defined benefit plans and one or more defined  contribution  plans
         maintained  by  the  Employer,  the  sum of the  defined  benefit  plan
         fraction and the defined contribution plan fraction for any "limitation
         year" may not exceed 1.0.

                  (k) The defined  benefit  plan  fraction  for any  "limitation
         year"  is a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is  the  sum  of the
         Participant's  projected annual benefits under all the, defined benefit
         plans (whether or not terminated)  maintained by the Employer,  and the
         denominator  of  which  is the  lesser  of 125  percent  of the  dollar
         limitation  determined  for the  "limitation  year" under Code Sections
         415(b) and (d) or 140  percent  of the  highest  average  compensation,
         including any adjustments under Code Section 415(b).

                           Notwithstanding  the above,  if the Participant was a
         Participant  as of  the  first  day  of  the  first  "limitation  year"
         beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans
         maintained by the Employer  which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the
         denominator  of this  fraction  win not be less than 125 percent of the
         sum of the annual  benefits under such plans which the  Participant had
         accrued as of the close of the last "limitation  year" beginning before
         January 1, 1987,  disregarding  any changes in the terms and conditions
         of the plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding  sentence  applies only if
         the defined benefit plans  individually and in the aggregate  satisfied
         the  requirements  of  Code  Section  415 for  all  "limitation  years"
         beginning before January 1, 1987.

                  (l)  The  defined   contribution   plan   fraction.   for  any
         "limitation  year" is a fraction,  the numerator of which is the sum of
         the annual additions to the Participant's Account under all the defined
         contribution  plans  (whether  or  not  terminated)  maintained  by the
         Employer for the current and all prior  "limitation  years"  (including
         the annual additions  attributable to the  Participant's  nondeductible
         Employee  contributions  to all defined  benefit plans,  whether or not
         terminated,  maintained  by the  Employer,  and  the  annual  additions
         attributable  to all welfare  benefit funds, as defined in Code Section
         419(e),  and individual  medical  accounts,  as defined in Code Section
         415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of which is
         the sum of the maximum  aggregate amounts for the current and all prior
         "limitation years" of service with the Employer  (regardless of whether
         a  defined  contribution  plan was  maintained  by the  Employer).  The
         maximum  aggregate amount in any "limitation year" is the lesser of 125
         percent of the dollar limitation  determined under Code Sections 415(b)
         and (d) In effect under Code Section  415(c)(1)(A) or 35 percent of the
         Participant's Compensation for such year.


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        43

<PAGE>



                           If the  Employee was a  Participant  as of the end of
         the first day of the first  "limitation  year" beginning after December
         31, 1986, in one or more defined  contribution  plans maintained by the
         Employer  which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this
         fraction  will be adjusted if the sum of this  fraction and the defined
         benefit  fraction  would  otherwise  exceed 1.0 under the terms of this
         Plan.  Under the adjustment,  an amount equal to the product of (1) the
         excess of the sum of the fractions  over 1.0 times (2) the  denominator
         of this fraction,  will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of
         this fraction The adjustment is calculated  using the fractions as they
         would be computed as of the end of the last "limitation year" beginning
         before January 1, 1987, and  disregarding  any changes in the terms and
         conditions  of the Plan  made  after  May 5,  1986,  but using the Code
         Section  415  limitation  applicable  to the  first  "Limitation  year"
         beginning  on or after  January 1, 1987.  The annual  addition  for any
         "limitation  year"  beginning on or before January 1, 1987 shall not be
         recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as annual additions.

                  (m) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  for any "limitation year"
         in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, 100 percent shall be substituted
         for 125 percent in Sections  4.9(k) and 4.9(l) unless the extra minimum
         allocation is being provided pursuant to Section 4.4. However,  for any
         "limitation  year" in which  the Plan is a Super Top  Heavy  Plan,  100
         percent shall be substituted for 125 percent in any event.

                  (n) Notwithstanding  anything contained in this Section to the
         contrary,   the   limitations,   adjustments  and  other   requirements
         prescribed  in  this  Section  shall  at  all  times  comply  with  the
         provisions  of Code  Section 415 and the  Regulations  thereunder,  the
         terms of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

         4.10     ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS

                  (a) If,  as a result of a  reasonable  error in  estimating  a
         Participant's  Compensation,  a  reasonable  error in  determining  the
         amount of  elective  deferrals  (within  the  meaning  of Code  Section
         402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any  Participant  under the
         limits  of  Section  4.9 or  other  facts  and  circumstances  to which
         Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable,  the of annual additions"
         under  this Plan  would  cause the  maximum  "annual  additions"  to be
         exceeded for any Participant,  the  Administrator  shall (1) distribute
         any elective  deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section  402(g)(3))
         or  return  any  voluntary  Employee  contributions  credited  for  the
         "limitation  year" to the  extent  that the  return  would  reduce  the
         "excess  amount" in the  Participant's  accounts  (2) hold any  "excess
         amount"  remaining  after  the  return  of any  elective  deferrals  or
         voluntary  Employee  contributions in a "Section 415 suspense  account"
         (3) use the  "Section  415  suspense  account" in the next  "limitation
         year"  (and  succeeding  "limitation  years"  if  necessary)  to reduce
         Employer  contributions  for that  Participant  if that  Participant is
         covered by the Plan as of the end of the  "limitation  year," or if the
         Participant is not so covered, allocate and reallocate the "Section 415
         suspense  account"  in  the  next  "limitation  year"  (and  succeeding
         "limitation years" if necessary) to all Participants in the Plan before
         any Employer or Employee  contributions  which would constitute "annual
         additions" are made to the Plan

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        44

<PAGE>



         for such  "limitation  year" (4) reduce Employer  contributions  to the
         Plan for such  "limitation  year" by the  amount  of the  "Section  415
         suspense  account"  allocated and reallocated  during such  "limitation
         year."

                  (b) For  purposes  of this  Article,  "excess  amount" for any
         Participant for a "limitation  year" shall mean the excess,  if any, of
         (1) the "annual additions" which would be credited to his account under
         the terms of the Plan without regard to the limitations of Code Section
         415 over (2) the  maximum  "annual  additions"  determined  pursuant to
         Section 4.9.

                  (c) For  purposes  of this.  Section,  "Section  415  suspense
         account" shall mean an unallocated  account equal to the sum of "excess
         amounts" for all Participants in the Plan during the "limitation year."
         The "Section 415 suspense  account"  shall not share in any earnings or
         losses of the Trust Fund.

         4.11     TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS

                  (a) With the  consent  of the  Administrator,  amounts  may be
         transferred from other qualified plans by Employees,  provided that the
         trust from which such funds are transferred  permits the transfer to be
         made and the transfer will not  jeopardize the tax exempt status of the
         Plan or Trust or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer.  The
         amounts  transferred  shall  be set  up in a  separate  account  herein
         referred to as a "Participant's  Rollover  Account." Such account shall
         be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for
         any reason.

                  (b) Amounts in a Participant's  Rollover Account shall be held
         by the Trustee  pursuant to the  provisions of this Plan and may not be
         withdrawn by, or distributed to the  Participant,  in whole or in part,
         except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section.

                  (c) Except as permitted by Regulations  (including  Regulation
         1.411(d)-4), amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined
         in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(g)(3)),  including amounts treated as elective
         contributions,  which are transferred from another  qualified plan in a
         plan-to-plan transfer shall be subject to the distribution  limitations
         provided for in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d).

                  (d) At Normal  Retirement  Date,  or such  other date when the
         Participant or his Beneficiary  shall be entitled to receive  benefits,
         the fair market value of the  Participant's  Rollover  Account shall be
         used  to  provide  additional   benefits  to  the  Participant  or  his
         Beneficiary.  Any  distributions  of  amounts  held in a  Participant's
         Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and
         satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to,
         all notice and consent  requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the
         Regulations thereunder.  Furthermore,  such amounts shall be considered
         as  part  of  a  Participant's   benefit  in  determining   whether  an
         involuntary  cash-out of benefits  without  Participant  consent may be
         made.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        45

<PAGE>




                  (e) The Administrator may direct that employee  transfers made
         after a valuation date be segregated  into a separate  account for each
         Participant  in a federally  insured  savings  account,  certificate of
         deposit  in a bank  or  savings  and  loan  association,  money  market
         certificate,  or other  short  term  debt  security  acceptable  to the
         Trustee until such time as the  allocations  pursuant to this Plan have
         been made,  at which time they may remain  segregated or be invested as
         part of the general Trust Fund, to be determined by the Administrator.

                  (f) All amounts allocated to a Participant's  Rollover Account
         may be treated as a Directed  Investment  Account  pursuant  to Section
         4.12.

                  (g) For purposes of this Section,  the term  "qualified  plan"
         shall mean any tax qualified plan under Code Section  401(a).  The term
         to amounts  transferred  from other  qualified  plans" shall mean:  (i)
         amounts  transferred to this Plan directly from another qualified plan;
         (ii)  distributions  from  another  qualified  plan which are  eligible
         rollover distributions and which are either transferred by the Employee
         to this Plan within sixty (60) days  following  his receipt  thereof or
         are  transferred   pursuant  to  a  direct   rollover,   (iii)  amounts
         transferred to this Plan from a conduit  individual  retirement account
         provided that the conduit  individual  retirement account has no assets
         other than assets which (A) were previously distributed to the Employee
         by another qualified plan as a lump-sum  distribution (B) were eligible
         for  tax-free  rollover to a qualified  plan and (C) were  deposited in
         such conduit  individual  retirement  account within sixty (60) days of
         receipt  thereof  and other  than  earnings  on said  assets;  and (iv)
         amounts   distributed  to  the  Employee  from  a  conduit   individual
         retirement  account meeting the requirements of clause (iii) above, and
         transferred  by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days of his
         receipt thereof from such conduit individual retirement account.

                  (h) Prior to  accepting  any  transfers  to which this Section
         applies,  the  Administrator may require the Employee to establish that
         the amounts to be  transferred  to this Plan meet the  requirements  of
         this Section and may also require the Employee to provide an opinion of
         counsel satisfactory to the Employer that the amounts to be transferred
         meet the requirements of this Section.

                  (i)  This  Plan  shall  not  accept  any  direct  or  indirect
         transfers (as that term is defined and  interpreted  under Code Section
         401(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder) from a defined benefit plan,
         money purchase plan  (including a target benefit plan),  stock bonus or
         profit  sharing  plan which would  otherwise  have  provided for a life
         annuity form of payment to the Participant.

                  (j)  Notwithstanding   anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  a
         transfer  directly  to this  Plan  from  another  qualified  plan (or a
         transaction  having  the  effect  of  such a  transfer)  shall  only be
         permitted if it will not result in the  elimination or reduction of any
         "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit" as described in Section 8.1.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        46

<PAGE>




         4.12     DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT

                  (a) The Administrator,  in his sole discretion, may determine,
         that all  Participants  be  permitted  to direct the  Trustee as to the
         investment  of all or a portion of the  interest  in any one or more of
         their  individual  account  balances.  If such  authorization is given,
         Participants   may,   subject  to  a  procedure   established   by  the
         Administrator and applied in a uniform nondiscriminatory manner, direct
         the  Trustee  in writing  to invest  any  portion  of their  account in
         specific assets,  specific funds or other  investments  permitted under
         the Plan and the  directed  investment  procedure.  That portion of the
         account of any  Participant so directing will thereupon be considered a
         Directed  Investment  Account,  which  shall  not  share in Trust  Fund
         earnings.

                  (b)  A  separate   Directed   Investment   Account   shall  be
         established  for  each  Participant  who  has  directed  an  investment
         Transfers  between the  Participant's  regular account and his Directed
         Investment  Account shall be charged and credited as the case may be to
         each account.  The Directed Investment Account shall not share in Trust
         Fund earnings,  but it shall be charged or credited as appropriate with
         the  net  earnings,   gains,   losses  and  expenses  as  well  as  any
         appreciation  or  depreciation  in market  value  during each Plan Year
         attributable to such account.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                   VALUATIONS

         5.1      VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

                  The  Administrator  shall  direct  the  Trustee,  as  of  each
Anniversary  Date,  and at such  other  date or dates  deemed  necessary  by the
Administrator, herein called "valuation date," to determine the net worth of the
assets  comprising  the Trust  Fund as it exists on the to  valuation  date." In
determining  such net worth,  the Trustee shall value the assets  comprising the
Trust  Fund at their  fair  market  value as of the  "valuation  date" and shall
deduct all  expenses  for which the Trustee has not yet  obtained  reimbursement
from the Employer or the Trust Fund.

         5.2      METHOD OF VALUATION

                  In determining the fair market value of securities held in the
Trust Fund which are listed on a registered  stock exchange,  the  Administrator
shall  direct the  Trustee to value the same at the prices they were last traded
on such  exchange  preceding the close of business on the  "valuation  date." If
such securities  were not traded on the "valuation  date," or if the exchange on
which they are traded was not open for  business on the  "valuation  date," then
the  securities  shall be valued at the  prices at which  they were last  traded
prior to the of valuation  date," Any unlisted  security  held in the Trust Fund
shall be valued at its bid price next  preceding  the close of  business  on the
"valuation  date," which bid price shall be obtained from a registered broker or
an investment  banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than
securities  for which  trading or bid prices can be  obtained,  the  Trustee may
appraise such assets itself, or in its

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        47

<PAGE>



discretion,  employ  one or more  appraisers  for that  purpose  and rely on the
values established by such appraiser or appraisers.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                   DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

         6.1      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT

                  Every  Participant  may  terminate  his  employment  with  the
Employer  and retire for the  purposes  hereof on its  Normal  Retirement  Date.
However,  a Participant  may postpone the termination of his employment with the
Employer to a later date, in which event the  participation  of such Participant
in the Plan, including the right to receive allocations pursuant to Section 4.4,
shall continue until his Late Retirement  Date. Upon a Participant's  Retirement
Date  or  attainment  of his  Normal  Retirement  Date  without  termination  of
employment  with the  Employer,  or as soon  thereafter as is  practicable,  the
Trustee shall  distribute all amounts  credited to such  Participant's  Combined
Account in accordance with Section 6.5.

         6.2      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

                  (a) Upon the death of a Participant before his Retirement Date
         or other  termination of his employment,  all amounts  credited to such
         Participant's   Combined   Account  shall  become  fully  Vested.   The
         Administrator   shall  direct  the  Trustee,  in  accordance  with  the
         provisions  of  Sections  6.6 and 6.7, to  distribute  the value of the
         deceased Participant's accounts to the Participant's Beneficiary.

                  (b) Upon the death of a Former Participant,  the Administrator
         shall direct the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of Sections
         6.6 and 6.7, to distribute any remaining Vested amounts credited to the
         accounts of a deceased Former Participant to such Former  Participant's
         Beneficiary.

                  (c) Any  security  interest  held by the Plan by  reason of an
         outstanding  loan to the  Participant  or Former  Participant  shall be
         taken into account in determining the amount of the death benefit.

                  (d) The  Administrator  may require such proper proof of death
         and such evidence of the right of any person to receive  payment of the
         value of the account of a deceased Participant or Former Participant as
         the Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator's determination
         of death and of the right of any  person to  receive  payment  shall be
         conclusive.

                  (e) The Beneficiary of the death benefit  payable  pursuant to
         this Section shall be the Participant's  spouse.  Except,  however, the
         Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than his spouse if:

                  (1)  the spouse has waived  the right to be  the Participant's
         Beneficiary, or

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        48

<PAGE>




                  (2) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned
                  (within  the meaning of local law) and the  Participant  has a
                  court  order  to  such  effect  (and  there  is no  "qualified
                  domestic  relations  order" as defined in Code Section  414(p)
                  which provides otherwise), or

                  (3)      the Participant has no spouse, or

                  (4)      the spouse cannot be located.

                           In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall
         be made on a form satisfactory to the Administrator.  A Participant may
         at any time  revoke  his  designation  of a  Beneficiary  or change his
         Beneficiary by filing written notice of such  revocation or change with
         the Administrator. However, the Participant's spouse must again consent
         in writing to any change in  Beneficiary  unless the  original  consent
         acknowledged  that the spouse had the right to limit  consent only to a
         specific  Beneficiary  and  that  the  spouse  voluntarily  elected  to
         relinquish such right. In the event no valid designation of Beneficiary
         exists at the time of the Participant's  death, the death benefit shall
         be payable to his estate.

                  (f) Any  consent  by the  Participant's  spouse  to waive  any
         rights to the death benefit must be in writing,  must  acknowledge  the
         effect of such waiver,  and be witnessed by a Plan  representative or a
         notary public.  Further,  the spouse's  consent must be irrevocable and
         must acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary.

         6.3      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY

                  In the event of a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability
prior to his Retirement Date or other termination of his employment, all amounts
credited to such  Participant's  Combined Account shall become fully Vested.  In
the event of a Participant's  Total and Permanent  Disability,  the Trustee,  in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.7, shall distribute to such
Participant  all amounts  credited  to such  Participant's  Combined  Account as
though he had retired.

         6.4      DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

                  (a) On or  before  the  Anniversary  Date  coinciding  with or
         subsequent to the  termination  of a  Participant's  employment for any
         reason other than death, Total and Permanent  Disability or retirement,
         the Administrator may direct the Trustee to segregate the amount of the
         Vested portion of such Terminated  Participant's  Combined  Account and
         invest the aggregate  amount thereof in a separate,  federally  insured
         savings  account,  certificate of deposit,  common or collective  trust
         fund of a bank or a deferred  annuity.  In the event the Vested portion
         of a Participant's Combined Account is not segregated, the amount shall
         remain in a separate  account for the Terminated  Participant and share
         in

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        49

<PAGE>



         allocations  pursuant to Section 4.4 until such time as a  distribution
         is made to the Terminated Participant.

                           Distribution   of  the  funds  due  to  a  Terminated
         Participant  shall be made on the  occurrence  of an event  which would
         result in the distribution had the Terminated  Participant  remained in
         the employ of the Employer  (upon the  Participant's  death,  Total and
         Permanent Disability or Normal Retirement). However, at the election of
         the Participant,  the  Administrator  shall direct the Trustee to cause
         the entire  Vested  portion of the  Terminated  Participant's  Combined
         Account to be payable to such Terminated Participant.  Any distribution
         under this  paragraph  shall be made in a mariner  which is  consistent
         with and satisfies the  provisions of Section 6.5,  including,  but not
         limited  to,  all  notice  and  consent  requirements  of Code  Section
         411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder.

                           If the  value of a  Terminated  Participant's  Vested
         benefit  derived  from  Employer and  Employee  contributions  does not
         exceed  $3,500 and has never  exceeded  $3,500 at the time of any prior
         distribution,  the Administrator  shall direct the Trustee to cause the
         entire Vested  benefit to be paid to such  Participant in a single lump
         sum.

                  (b)  A   Participant   shall   become   fully  Vested  in  his
         Participant's Account immediately upon entry into the Plan.

                  (c)  The   computation  of  a   Participant's   nonforfeitable
         percentage  of his  interest  in the Plan  shall not be  reduced as the
         result of any  direct or  indirect  amendment  to this  Plan.  For this
         purpose,  the Plan shall be treated as having been  amended if the Plan
         provides  for an  automatic  change in  vesting  due to a change in top
         heavy status. In the event that the Plan is amended to change or modify
         any vesting  schedule,  a Participant  with at least three (3) Years of
         Service as of the expiration  date of the election  period may elect to
         have his  nonforfeitable  percentage  computed  under the Plan  without
         regard to such amendment. If a Participant fails to make such election,
         then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The
         Participant's  election  period shall  commence on the adoption date of
         the amendment and shall end 60 days after the latest of:

                  (1)      the adoption date of the amendment,

                  (2)      the effective date of the amendment, or

                  (3)      the date the  Participant receives  written notice of
                  the amendment from the Employer or Administrator.

                  (d) (1) If any Former  Participant  shall be reemployed by the
         Employer before a 1-Year Break in Service occurs,  he shall continue to
         participate in the Plan in the same manner as if such  termination  had
         not occurred.


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        50

<PAGE>



                           (2) If a Former Participant completes one (1) Year of
         Service for eligibility  purposes  following his reemployment  with the
         Employer,  he shall participate in the Plan retroactively from his date
         of reemployment.

                           (3) If a  Former  Participant  completes  a  Year  of
         Service (a 1-Year Break in Service previously occurred,  but employment
         had not  terminated),  he shall  participate in the Plan  retroactively
         from the first day of the Plan Year during which he  completes  one (1)
         Year of Service.

         6.5      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

                  (a)  The  Administrator,  pursuant  to  the  election  of  the
         Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a Participant or
         his  Beneficiary  any amount to which he is entitled  under the Plan in
         one or more of the following methods:

                  (1)      One lump-sum payment in cash;

                  (2)  Payments  over a period  certain in  monthly,  quarterly,
                  semiannual,  or annual cash installments.  In order to provide
                  such installment payments, the Administrator may (A) segregate
                  the aggregate amount thereof in a separate,  federally insured
                  savings  account,  certificate of deposit in a bank or savings
                  and loan association, money market certificate or other liquid
                  short-term security or (B) purchase a nontransferable  annuity
                  contract  for a term  certain  (with  no  life  contingencies)
                  providing for such payment. The period over which such payment
                  is to be made shall not extend beyond the  Participant's  life
                  expectancy (or the life  expectancy of the Participant and his
                  designated Beneficiary).

                  (b) Any  distribution to a Participant who has a benefit which
         exceeds,  or has  ever  exceeded,  $3,500  at  the  time  of any  prior
         distribution   shall  require  such   Participant's   consent  if  such
         distribution  commences prior to the later of his Normal Retirement Age
         or age 62. With regard to this required consent:

                  (1) The  Participant  must be  informed  of his right to defer
                  receipt  of  the  distribution.  If  a  Participant  fails  to
                  consent,   it  shall  be  deemed  an  election  to  defer  the
                  commencement of payment of any benefit.  However, any election
                  to defer the receipt of benefits  shall not apply with respect
                  to distributions which are required under Section 6.5(c).

                  (2) Notice of the rights  specified under this paragraph shall
                  be  provided  no less  than 30 days  and no more  than 90 days
                  before the first day on which all events have  occurred  which
                  entitle the Participant to such benefit.

                  (3) Written  consent of the  Participant  to the  distribution
                  must not be made before the  Participant  receives  the notice
                  and must not be made more than 90 days

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        51

<PAGE>



                  before the first day on which all events have  occurred  which
                  entitle the Participant to such benefit.

                  (4) No consent  shall be valid if a  significant  detriment is
                  imposed under the Plan on any Participant who does not consent
                  to the distribution.

                  If a distribution is one to which Code Sections 401(a)(11) and
                  417 do not apply,  such distribution may commence less than 30
                  days after the notice required under  Regulation  1.411 (a)-11
                  (c) is given,  provided  that: (1) the  Administrator  clearly
                  informs the Participant  that the Participant has a right to a
                  period  of at least 30 days  after  receiving  the  notice  to
                  consider   the   decision   of  whether  or  not  to  elect  a
                  distribution  (and, if applicable,  a particular  distribution
                  option), and (2) the Participant,  after receiving the notice,
                  affirmatively elects a distribution.

                  (c) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary,
         the  distribution  of  a  Participant's   benefits  shall  be  made  in
         accordance with the following  requirements  and shall otherwise comply
         with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations  thereunder  (including
         Regulation  1.401(a)(9)(2),  the  provisions of which are  incorporated
         herein by reference:

                  (1) A  Participant's  benefits shall be distributed to him not
                  later than April 1st of the calendar year  following the later
                  of (i) the calendar year in which the Participant  attains age
                  70 1/2 or (ii)  the  calendar  year in which  the  Participant
                  retires,  provided,  however,  that this clause (ii) shall not
                  apply in the case of a Participant  who is a "five (5) percent
                  owner" at any time during the five (5) Plan Year period ending
                  in the calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2 or, in the
                  case of a Participant  who becomes a "five (5) percent  owner"
                  during any  subsequent  Plan Year,  clause (H) shall no longer
                  apply and the required  beginning  date shall be the April 1st
                  of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such
                  subsequent Plan Year ends.  Alternatively,  distributions to a
                  Participant  must begin no later than the applicable April 1st
                  as determined  under the  preceding  sentence and must be made
                  over a period certain  measured by the Life  expectancy of the
                  Participant  (or the life  expectancies of the Participant and
                  His designated  Beneficiary) in accordance  with  Regulations.
                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  clause  (ii) above shall not
                  apply to any  Participant  unless the Participant had attained
                  age 70 1/2  before  January  1,  1988 and was not a "five  (5)
                  percent owner" at any time during the Plan Year ending with or
                  within the calendar year in which the Participant attained age
                  66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year.

                  (2) Distributions to a Participant and his Beneficiaries shall
                  only be made in accordance  with the incidental  death benefit
                  requirements of Code Section  401(a)(9)(G) and the Regulations
                  thereunder.

                  Additionally,   for  calendar  years  beginning  before  1989,
                  distributions  may also be made  under an  alternative  method
                  which provides that the then present value of the

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        52

<PAGE>



                  payments to be made over the period of the Participant's  life
                  expectancy  exceeds  fifty  percent  (50%) of the then present
                  value of the total payments to be made to the  Participant and
                  his Beneficiaries.

                  (d)  All   annuity   Contracts   under   this  Plan  shall  be
         non-transferable  when  distributed.  Furthermore,  the  terms  of  any
         annuity  Contract  purchased and distributed to a Participant or spouse
         shall comply with all of the requirements of the Plan.

         6.6      DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

                  (a) (1) The death  benefit  payable  pursuant  to Section  6.2
         shall be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary within a reasonable time
         after the Participant's  death by either of the following  methods,  as
         elected by the  Participant  (or if no election  has been made prior to
         the Participant's death, by his Beneficiary)  subject,  however, to the
         rules specified in Section 6.6(b):

                           (i)      One lump-sum payment in cash;

                           (ii) Payment in monthly,  quarterly,  semi-annual, or
                           annual  cash   installments   over  a  period  to  be
                           determined  by the  Participant  or his  Beneficiary.
                           After periodic installments commence, the Beneficiary
                           shall have the right to direct the  Trustee to reduce
                           the  period  over which  such  periodic  installments
                           shall be made,  and the Trustee shall adjust the cash
                           amount of such periodic installments accordingly.

                  (2) In the event the death benefit payable pursuant to Section
                  6.2 is payable in  installments,  then,  upon the death of the
                  Participant,  the  Administrator  may  direct  the  Trustee to
                  segregate the death benefit into a separate  account,  and the
                  Trustee shelf invest such segregated account  separately,  and
                  the funds  accumulated  in such account  shall be used for the
                  payment of the installments.

                  (b) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary,
         distributions  upon  the  death  of a  Participant  shall  be  made  in
         accordance with the following  requirements  and shall otherwise comply
         with Code Section  401(a)(9) and the Regulations  thereunder.  If it is
         determined   pursuant  to  Regulations   that  the  distribution  of  a
         Participant's  interest has begun and the  Participant  dies before his
         entire interest has been  distributed to him, the remaining  portion of
         such  interest  shall be  distributed  at least as rapidly as under the
         method of distribution  selected pursuant to Section 6.5 as of its date
         of death.  If a  Participant  dies  before he has begun to receive  any
         distributions  of its interest  under the Plan or before  distributions
         are  deemed  to have  begun  pursuant  to  Regulations,  then his death
         benefit shall be distributed to his  Beneficiaries  by December 31st of
         the calendar year in which the fifth  anniversary  of his date of death
         occurs.

                           However,  the 5-year distribution  requirement of the
         preceding  paragraph  shall not apply to any  portion  of the  deceased
         Participant's interest which is payable to or

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        53

<PAGE>



         for the  benefit  of a  designated  Beneficiary.  In such  event,  such
         portion may, at the election of the Participant  (or the  Participant's
         designated  Beneficiary),  be  distributed  over a period not extending
         beyond the life expectancy of such designated Beneficiary provided such
         distribution  begins not later than  December 31st of the calendar year
         immediately  following the calendar year in which the Participant died.
         However,  in the event the Participant's  spouse  (determined as of the
         date of the  Participant's  death) is his Beneficiary,  the requirement
         that  distributions  commence within one year of a Participant's  death
         shall not apply.  In lieu  thereof,  distributions  must commence on or
         before the later of: (1) December 31st of the calendar year immediately
         following  the  calendar  year in which the  Participant  died;  or (2)
         December 31st of the calendar year in which the Participant  would have
         attained age 70 1/2. If the surviving spouse dies before  distributions
         to such spouse begin, then the 5-year distribution  requirement of this
         Section shall apply as if the spouse was the Participant.

                  (c)  For  purposes  of  Section  6.6(b),  the  election  by  a
         designated  Beneficiary  to be  excepted  from the 5-year  distribution
         requirement  must be made no later than  December  31st of the calendar
         year following the calendar year of the  Participant's  death.  Except,
         however,   with  respect  to  a  designated   Beneficiary  who  is  the
         Participant's  surviving  spouse,  the  election  must  be  made by the
         earlier  of:  (1)  December  31st  of  the  calendar  year  immediately
         following the calendar year in which the Participant died or, if later,
         the calendar year in which the  Participant  would have attained age 70
         1/2; or (2) December 31st of the calendar year which contains the fifth
         anniversary of the date of the  Participant's  death.  An election by a
         designated  Beneficiary  must be in writing and shall be irrevocable as
         of the last day of the election period stated herein. In the absence of
         an election by the Participant or a designated Beneficiary,  the 5-year
         distribution requirement shall apply.

         6.7      TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION

                  Except  as  limited  by  Sections  6.5 and 6.6,  whenever  the
Trustee is to make a  distribution  or to commence a series of payments on or as
of an Anniversary  Date, the  distribution  or series of payments may be made or
begun on such date or as soon  thereafter as is practicable.  However,  unless a
Former  Participant  elects in writing to defer the  receipt of  benefits  (such
election may not result in a death  benefit that is more than  incidental),  the
payment of  benefits  shall begin not later than the 60th day after the close of
the Plan Year in which the latest of the following  events occurs:  (a) the date
on which the Participant  attains the earlier of age 65 or the Normal Retirement
Age  specified  herein;  (b) the  10th  anniversary  of the  year in  which  the
Participant commenced participation in the Plan, or (c) the date the Participant
terminates his service with the Employer.

         6.8      DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY

                  In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, then the
Administrator  may direct that such  distribution be paid to the legal guardian,
or if none, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the
Beneficiary  maintains his residence,  or to the custodian for such  Beneficiary
under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        54

<PAGE>



such is  permitted by the laws of the state in which said  Beneficiary  resides.
Such a payment to the legal guardian, custodian or parent of a minor Beneficiary
shall fully discharge the Trustee,  Employer, and Plan from further liability on
account thereof

         6.9      LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN

                  In the event that all,  or any  portion,  of the  distribution
payable to a Participant or his Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the
Participant's  attainment of age 62 or his Normal  Retirement Age, remain unpaid
solely  by  reason  of the  inability  of the  Administrator,  after  sending  a
registered  letter,  return receipt  requested,  to the last known address,  and
after further diligent effort,  to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant
or his Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture
pursuant  to the Plan.  In the event a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  is located
subsequent to his benefit being reallocated, such benefit shall be restored.

         6.10     PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION

                  At such time as a  Participant  shall have attained the age of
59 1/2 years,  the  Administrator,  at the  election of the  Participant,  shall
direct the Trustee to distribute all or a portion of the amount then credited to
the  accounts  maintained  on behalf of the  Participant.  In the event that the
Administrator  makes such a distribution,  the Participant  shall continue to be
eligible to participate in the Plan on the same basis as any other Employee. Any
distribution  made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner consistent
with  Section  6.5,  including,  but not  limited  to, all  notice  and  consent
requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder.

                  Notwithstanding the above, pre-retirement distributions from a
Participant's  Elective  Account shall not be permitted prior to the Participant
attaining age 59 1/2 except as otherwise permitted under the terms of the Plan.

         6.11     ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

                  (a) The  Administrator,  at the  election of the  Participant,
         shall direct the Trustee to  distribute to any  Participant  in any one
         Plan  Year  up to the  lesser  of 100%  of his  Participant's  Elective
         Account valued as of the last  Anniversary Date or other valuation date
         or the amount  necessary to satisfy the immediate  and heavy  financial
         need of the Participant. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section
         shall be  deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if
         later,   the  valuation   date   immediately   preceding  the  date  of
         distribution,  and the Participant's  Elective Account shall be reduced
         accordingly.  Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if
         the distribution is on account of.

                  (1) Expenses for medical care described in Code Section 213(d)
                  previously incurred by the Participant,  his spouse, or any of
                  his  dependents  (as defined in Code Section 152) or necessary
                  for these persons to obtain medical care;


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        55

<PAGE>



                  (2)  The costs directly related to the purchase of a principal
                  residence for the Participant (excluding mortgage payments);

                  (3)  Payment of  tuition and related  educational fees for the
                  next twelve (12)  months of  post-secondary  education for the
                  Participant, his spouse, children, or dependents; or

                  (4)  Payments   necessary  to  prevent  the  eviction  of  the
                  Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the
                  mortgage of the Participant's principal residence.

                  (b) No  distribution  shall be made  pursuant to this  Section
         unless the Administrator,  based upon the Participant's  representation
         and such other facts as are known to the Administrator, determines that
         all of the following conditions are satisfied:

                  (1) The  distribution  is not in excess  of the  amount of the
                  immediate and heavy  financial  need of the  Participant.  The
                  amount of the immediate and heavy  financial  need may include
                  any amounts  necessary  to pay any  federal,  state,  or local
                  income taxes or  penalties  reasonably  anticipated  to result
                  from the distribution;

                  (2) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than
                  hardship distributions, and all nontaxable (at the time of the
                  loan) loans currently  available under all plans maintained by
                  the Employer;

                  (3) The Plan, and all other plans  maintained by the Employer,
                  provide  that  the   Participant's   elective   deferrals  and
                  voluntary  Employee  contributions  will be  suspended  for at
                  least  twelve  (12)  months  after  receipt  of  the  hardship
                  distribution  or,  the  Participant,  pursuant  to  a  legally
                  enforceable agreement, will suspend His elective deferrals and
                  voluntary  Employee  contributions  to the Plan and all  other
                  plans  maintained  by the  Employer  for at least  twelve (12)
                  months after receipt of the hardship distribution; and

                  (4) The Plan, and all other plans  maintained by the Employer,
                  provide that the Participant  may not make elective  deferrals
                  for the Participant's  taxable year immediately  following the
                  taxable  year of the  hardship  distribution  in excess of the
                  applicable  limit  under  Code  Section  402(g)  for such next
                  taxable  year less the amount of such  Participant's  elective
                  deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

                  (c)  Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after
         December  31,  1988,  distributions  from  the  Participant's  Elective
         Account  pursuant to this Section  shall be limited,  as of the date of
         distribution,  to the  Participant's  Elective Account as of the end of
         the  last  Plan  Year  ending  before  July 1,  1989,  plus  the  total
         Participant's  Deferred  Compensation  after such date,  reduced by the
         amount of any  previous  distributions  pursuant  to this  Section  and
         Section 6.10.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        56

<PAGE>




                  (d) Any  distribution  made  pursuant to this Section shall be
         made in a manner which is consistent  with and satisfies the provisions
         of Section 6.5,  including,  but not limited to, all notice and consent
         requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11) and the Regulations thereunder.

         6.12     QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION

                  All rights and benefits,  including  elections,  provided to a
Participant  in this  Plan  shall  be  subject  to the  rights  afforded  to any
"alternate payee" under a "qualified domestic relations order."  Furthermore,  a
distribution to an "alternate  payee" shall be permitted if such distribution is
authorized  by a  "qualified  domestic  relations  order,"  even if the affected
Participant  has not  separated  from service and has not reached the  "earliest
retirement  age" under the Plan.  For the purposes of this  Section,  "alternate
payee," "qualified domestic relations order" and "earliest retirement age" shall
have the meaning set forth under Code Section 414(p).

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                     TRUSTEE

         7.1      BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE

                  The   Trustee   shall  have  the   following   categories   of
responsibilities:

                  (a) Consistent with the "funding policy and method" determined
         by the  Employer,  to  invest,  manage,  and  control  the Plan  assets
         subject,  however,  to the  direction of an  Investment  Manager if the
         Trustee  should  appoint  such  manager  as to all or a portion  of the
         assets of the Plan;

                  (b) At  the direction  of the  Administrator, to  pay benefits
         required under the Plan to be paid to Participants, or, in the event of
         their death, to their Beneficiaries;

                  (c) To maintain  records of  receipts  and  disbursements  and
         furnish  to the  Employer  and/or  Administrator  for each  Plan Year a
         written annual report per Section 7.7; and

                  (d) If there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by
         a majority of their  number,  but may  authorize one or more of them to
         sign papers on their behalf.

         7.2      INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

                  (a) The Trustee  shall  invest and  reinvest the Trust Fund to
         keep the Trust Fund invested without  distinction between principal and
         income and in such securities or property,  real or personal,  wherever
         situated,  as the  Trustee  shall deem  advisable,  including,  but not
         limited to, stocks,  common or preferred,  bonds and other evidences of
         indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any interest therein. The
         Trustee shall at all

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        57

<PAGE>



         times in making  investments  of the Trust Fund  consider,  among other
         factors,  the short and  long-term  financial  needs of the Plan on the
         basis  of  information  furnished  by  the  Employer.  In  making  such
         investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities or other
         property of the character  expressly  authorized by the  applicable law
         for trust  investments;  however,  the Trustee shall give due regard to
         any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times the
         Plan may qualify as a qualified Profit Sharing Plan and Trust.

                  (b) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to
         the terms of its usual and customary bank agency agreement, under which
         the  duties  of such  bank or trust  company  shall be of a  custodial,
         clerical and record-keeping nature.

         7.3      OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

                  The Trustee,  in addition to all powers and authorities  under
common law, statutory authority,  including the Act, and other provisions of the
Plan, shall have the following  powers and  authorities,  to be exercised in the
Trustee's sole discretion:

                  (a) To purchase,  or subscribe  for, any  securities  or other
         property and to retain  the same.  In conjunction with  the purchase of
         securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained;

                  (b) To sell,  exchange,  convey,  transfer,  grant  options to
         purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held
         by the Trustee,  by private  contract or at public  auction.  No person
         dealing with the Trustee  shall be bound to see to the  application  of
         the purchase  money or to inquire  into the  validity,  expediency,  or
         propriety  of any  such  sale or  other  disposition,  with or  without
         advertisement;

                  (c) To vote upon any stocks,  bonds, or other  securities;  to
         give general or special  proxies or powers of attorney  with or without
         power  of   substitution;   to  exercise  any  conversion   privileges,
         subscription  rights  or  other  options,  and  to  make  any  payments
         incidental   thereto;  to  oppose,  or  to  consent  to,  or  otherwise
         participate in, corporate  reorganizations  or other changes  affecting
         corporate securities,  and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay
         any  assessments or charges in connection  therewith;  and generally to
         exercise any of the powers of an owner with  respect to stocks,  bonds,
         securities, or other property;

                  (d) To cause any securities or other property to be registered
         in the  Trustee's  own  name  or in the  name  of  one or  more  of the
         Trustee's nominees, and to hold any investments in bearer form, but the
         books and records of the Trustee  shall at all times show that all such
         investments are part of the Trust Fund;

                  (e) To borrow or raise  money for the  purposes of the Plan in
         such amount,  and upon such terms and conditions,  as the Trustee shall
         deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note
         as the Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        58

<PAGE>



         by pledging all, or any part, of the Trust Fund;  and no person lending
         money to the Trustee  shall be bound to see to the  application  of the
         money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of
         any borrowing;

                  (f) To keep such  portion  of the  Trust  Fund in cash or cash
         balances as the Trustee may, from time to time,  deem to be in the best
         interests of the Plan, without liability for interest thereon;

                  (g) To accept and retain for such time as the Trustee may deem
         advisable  any  securities  or other  property  received or acquired as
         Trustee  hereunder,  whether or not such  securities or other  property
         would normally be purchased as investments hereunder;

                  (h) To make,  execute,  acknowledge,  and  deliver any and all
         documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other  instruments
         that may be necessary  or  appropriate  to carry out the powers  herein
         granted;

                  (i) To  settle,  compromise,  or  submit  to  arbitration  any
         claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence
         or  defend  suits  or  legal  or  administrative  proceedings,  and  to
         represent   the  Plan  in  all  suits  and  legal  and   administrative
         proceedings;

                  (j) To employ  suitable agents  and counsel  and to  pay their
         reasonable expenses and compensation, and such agent or  counsel may or
         may not be agent or counsel for the Employer;

                  (k) To  apply  for  and  procure  from  responsible  insurance
         companies, to be selected by the Administrator, as an investment of the
         Trust  Fund  such  annuity,  or  other  Contracts  (on the  life of any
         Participant) as the Administrator  shall deem proper,  to exercise,  at
         any time or from time to time,  whatever  rights and  privileges may be
         granted under such annuity,  or other Contracts;  to collect,  receive,
         and settle for the proceeds of all such  annuity or other  Contracts as
         and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof;

                  (l) To invest funds  of the Trust in  time deposits or savings
         accounts bearing a reasonable rate of interest in the Trustee's bank;

                  (m) To invest  in Treasury  Bills and  other forms  of  United
         States government obligations;

                  (n) To invest  in shares of  investment  companies  registered
         under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

                  (o) To sell, purchase and  acquire put or call options  if the
         options  are  traded  on  and purchased  through a  national securities
         exchange registered under the Securities

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        59

<PAGE>



         Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  or, if the options are not traded on
         a national securities exchange,  are guaranteed by a member firm of the
         New York Stock Exchange;

                  (p) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or
         certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations;

                  (q) To pool all or any of the Trust  Fund,  from time to time,
         with assets  belonging to any other qualified  employee pension benefit
         trust created by the Employer or an affiliated company of the Employer,
         and to commingle such assets and make joint or common  investments  and
         carry  joint  accounts  on behalf of this Plan and such other  trust or
         trusts, allocating undivided shares or interests in such investments or
         accounts or any pooled  assets of the two or more trusts in  accordance
         with their respective interests;

                  (r) To do all such  acts and  exercise  all  such  rights  and
         privileges,  although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee
         may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

                  (s) Directed  Investment  Account.  The powers  granted to the
         Trustee  shall be exercised  in the sole  fiduciary  discretion  of the
         Trustee.   However,   if   Participants   are  so   empowered   by  the
         Administrator,  each Participant may direct the Trustee to separate and
         keep  separate  all or a  portion  of his  account,  and  further  each
         Participant  is  authorized  and  empowered,  in his sole and  absolute
         discretion, to give directions to the Trustee pursuant to the procedure
         established  by the  Administrator  and in such form as the Trustee may
         require  concerning  the  investment  of  the  Participant's   Directed
         Investment Account. The Trustee shall comply as promptly as practicable
         with  directions  given by the Participant  hereunder.  The Trustee may
         refuse to comply with any direction  from the  Participant in the event
         the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems such directions
         improper  by  virtue  of  applicable  law.  The  Trustee  shall  not be
         responsible or liable for any loss or expense which may result from the
         Trustee's  refusal or failure to comply  with any  directions  from the
         Participant.  Any costs and  expenses  related to  compliance  with the
         Participant's  directions shall be borne by the Participant's  Directed
         Investment Account.

         7.4      LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

                  (a) The Trustee may, in the Trustee's  discretion,  make loans
         to Participants and  Beneficiaries  under the following  circumstances:
         (1) loans shall be made available to all Participants and Beneficiaries
         on a reasonably equivalent basis; (2) loans shall not be made available
         to Highly  Compensated  Employees in an amount  greater than the amount
         made available to other Participants and Beneficiaries; (3) loans shall
         bear a  reasonable  rate of  interest;  (4) loans  shall be  adequately
         secured;  and (5) shall provide for repayment over a reasonable  period
         of time.

                  (b) Loans made  pursuant  to this  Section  (when added to the
         outstanding  balance  of  all  other  loans  made  by the  Plan  to the
         Participant) shall be limited to the lesser of:


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        60

<PAGE>



                  (1) $50,000  reduced by the   excess  (if any) of the  highest
                  outstanding  balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant
                  during the one year  period  ending on the day before the date
                  on which such loan is made,  over the  outstanding  balance of
                  loans  from the Plan to the  Participant  on the date on which
                  such loan was made, or

                  (2) one-half (1/2) of the present value of the non-forfeitable
                  accrued benefit of the Participant under the Plan.

                           For purposes of this limit, all plans of the Employer
         shall be one plan. Additionally, with respect to any loan made prior to
         January 1, 1987,  the  $50,000  limit  specified  in (1) above shall be
         unreduced.

                  (c) Loans shall provide for level  amortization  with payments
         to be made not less  frequently  than  quarterly  over a period  not to
         exceed five (5) years. However, loans used to acquire any dwelling unit
         which,  within a reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time
         the loan is made) as a principal  residence  of the  Participant  shall
         provide for periodic  repayment  over a reasonable  period of time that
         may exceed five (5) years.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  loans made
         prior  to  January  1,  1987  which  are  used to  acquire,  construct,
         reconstruct  or  substantially  rehabilitate  any dwelling  unit which,
         within a  reasonable  period of time is to be used  (determined  at the
         time the loan is made) as a principal residence of the Participant or a
         member of his family (within the meaning of Code Section 267(c)(4)) may
         provide for periodic  repayment  over a reasonable  period of time that
         may exceed five (5) years. Additionally, loans made prior to January 1,
         1987, may provide for periodic  payments which are made less frequently
         than   quarterly  and  which  do  not   necessarily   result  in  level
         amortization.

                  (d) Any loans  granted  or renewed on or after the last day of
         the first Plan Year  beginning  after  December  31, 1988 shall be made
         pursuant to a  Participant  loan  program.  Such loan program  shall be
         established  in writing and must  include,  but need not be limited to,
         the following:

                  (1)      the identity of the person or positions authorized to
                  administer the Participant loan program;

                  (2)      a procedure for applying for loans;

                  (3)      the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

                  (4)      limitations,  if any,  on the  types and  amounts  of
                  loans offered;

                  (5)      the  procedure under  the  program  for determining a
                  reasonable rate of interest;

                  (6)      the   types  of   collateral  which   may  secure   a
                  Participant loan; and

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        61

<PAGE>




                  (7)      the events constituting  default and  the steps  that
                  will be taken to preserve Plan assets.

                           Such Participant loan program shall be contained in a
         separate  written  document which,  when properly  executed,  is hereby
         incorporated  by  reference  and made a part of the Plan.  Furthermore,
         such  Participant  loan  program  may be modified or amended in writing
         from time to time without the necessity of amending this Section.

         7.5      DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS

                  At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall, from
time to time, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, make payments out of the
Trust Fund. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the  application
of such payments.

         7.6      TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES

                  The  Trustee  shall be paid such  reasonable  compensation  as
shall  from time to time be  agreed  upon in  writing  by the  Employer  and the
Trustee.  An individual  serving as Trustee who already  receives  full-time pay
from the Employer shall not receive compensation from the Plan. In addition, the
Trustee shall be reimbursed for any reasonable  expenses,  including  reasonable
counsel fees incurred by it as Trustee.  Such compensation and expenses shall be
paid from the Trust Fund unless paid or advanced by the  Employer.  All taxes of
any kind and all kinds  whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing
or future  laws upon,  or in respect  of, the Trust Fund or the income  thereof,
shall be paid from the Trust Fund.

         7.7      ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE

                  Within a  reasonable  period  of time  after  the later of the
Anniversary  Date or receipt of the Employer's  contribution for each Plan Year,
the Trustee shall furnish to the Employer and  Administrator a written statement
of account  with respect to the Plan Year for which such  contribution  was made
setting forth:

                  (a)      the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;

                  (b)      the gains, or losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon
                  sales or other disposition of the assets;

                  (c)      the increase, or decrease, in the value  of the Trust
                  Fund;

                  (d)      all payments and  distributions  made from the  Trust
                  Fund; and

                  (e)  such   further   information   as  the   Trustee   and/or
         Administrator  deems  appropriate.  The  Employer,  forthwith  upon its
         receipt of each such statement of account,  shall  acknowledge  receipt
         thereof in writing and advise the Trustee and/or Administrator

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        62

<PAGE>



         of its  approval or  disapproval  thereof.  Failure by the  Employer to
         disapprove  any such statement of account within thirty (30) days after
         its receipt thereof shall be deemed an approval  thereof.  The approval
         by the Employer of any  statement of account shall be binding as to all
         matters  embraced  therein,  as between the Employer and the Trustee to
         the same extent as if the  account of the  Trustee had been  settled by
         judgment  or decree  in an  action  for a  judicial  settlement  of its
         account in a court of competent  jurisdiction in which the Trustee, the
         Employer  and all  persons  having or  claiming an interest in the Plan
         were parties;  provided,  however,  that nothing herein contained shall
         deprive  the  Trustee  of its  right  to have its  accounts  judicially
         settled if the Trustee so desires.

         7.8      AUDIT

                  (a) If an audit of the Plan's records shall be required by the
         Act and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator
         shall  direct the  Trustee to engage on behalf of all  Participants  an
         independent   qualified  public  accountant  for  that  purpose.   Such
         accountant  shall,  after an audit of the books and records of the Plan
         in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  within a
         reasonable  period  after the close of the Plan  Year,  furnish  to the
         Administrator  and the Trustee a report of his audit  setting forth his
         opinion  as to  whether  any  statements,  schedules  or lists that are
         required by Act Section 103 or the  Secretary of Labor to be filed with
         the Plan's  annual  report,  are presented  fairly in  conformity  with
         generally  accepted  accounting  principles applied  consistently.  All
         auditing  and  accounting  fees shall be an expense of and may,  at the
         election of the Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund.

                  (b) If some or all of the information  necessary to enable the
         Administrator  to comply with Act Section 103 is  maintained by a bank,
         insurance company, or similar institution, regulated and supervised and
         subject to periodic  examination by a state or federal agency, it shall
         transmit  and  certify  the  accuracy  of  that   information   to  the
         Administrator  as  provided in Act  Section  103(b)  within one hundred
         twenty  (120) days after the end of the Plan Year or by such other date
         as may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

         7.9      RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE

                  (a) The  Trustee may resign at any time by  delivering  to the
         Employer,  at least  thirty  (30) days  before its  effective  date,  a
         written notice of his resignation.

                  (b)  The  Employer  may  remove  the  Trustee  by  mailing  by
         registered  or  certified  mail,  addressed to such Trustee at his last
         known address,  at least thirty (30) days before its effective  date, a
         written notice of his removal.

                  (c) Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any
         Trustee,  a  successor  may be  appointed  by the  Employer,  and  such
         successor,  upon accepting  such  appointment in writing and delivering
         same to the Employer,  shall,  without  further act, become vested with
         all  the  estate,  rights,  powers,  discretions,  and  duties  of  his
         predecessor

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        63

<PAGE>



         with like respect as if he were  originally  named as a Trustee herein.
         Until such a successor is appointed,  the remaining Trustee or Trustees
         shall have full authority to act under the terms of the Plan.

                  (d) The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to
         the death,  resignation,  incapacity,  or removal of a Trustee.  In the
         event a successor  is so  designated  by the  Employer and accepts such
         designation,  the successor  shall,  without further act, become vested
         with all the estate,  rights,  powers,  discretions,  and duties of his
         predecessor  with the like  effect  as if he were  originally  named as
         Trustee herein immediately upon the death, resignation,  incapacity, or
         removal of his predecessor.

                  (e) Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases to serve as such, he
         shall furnish to the Employer and  Administrator a written statement of
         account  with  respect to the portion of the Plan Year during  which he
         served as Trustee.  This statement shall be either (i) included as part
         of the annual  statement  of account for the Plan Year  required  under
         Section 7.7 or (ii) set forth in a special statement.  Any such special
         statement  of account  should be rendered to the Employer no later than
         the due date of the annual  statement of account for the Plan Year. The
         procedures set forth in Section 7.7 for the approval by the Employer of
         annual  statements of account  shall apply to any special  statement of
         account  rendered  hereunder  and  approval by the Employer of any such
         special  statement in the manner provided in Section 7.7 shall have the
         same effect upon the statement as the Employer's  approval of an annual
         statement of account.  No successor to the Trustee  shall have any duty
         or  responsibility  to  investigate  the  acts or  transactions  of any
         predecessor  who has rendered  all  statements  of account  required by
         Section 7.7 and this subparagraph.

         7.10     TRANSFER OF INTEREST

                  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  contained in this Plan,
the Trustee at the  direction  of the  Administrator  shall  transfer the Vested
interest,  if any, of such  Participant  in his account to another trust forming
part of a  pension,  profit  sharing  or stock  bonus  plan  maintained  by such
Participant's  new  employer  and  represented  by said  employer  in writing as
meeting the  requirements  of Code Section  401(a),  provided that tile trust to
which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made.

         7.11     DIRECT ROLLOVER

                  (a) This  Section  applies to  distributions  made on or after
         January  1,  1993.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of the Plan to the
         contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this
         Section,  a  distributes  may  elect,  at the  time  and in the  manner
         prescribed  by the  Plan  Administrator,  to  have  any  portion  of an
         eligible rollover  distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement
         plan specified by the distributes in a direct rollover.

                  (b)     For purposes of this Section the following definitions
         shall apply:


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        64

<PAGE>



                  (1) An eligible  rollover  distribution is any distribution of
                  all or  any  portion  of the  balance  to  the  credit  of the
                  distributes,  except  that an eligible  rollover  distribution
                  does not include:  any distribution that is one of a series of
                  substantially  equal  periodic  payments (not less  frequently
                  than annually)  made for the life (or life  expectancy) of the
                  distributes or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
                  the distributes and the distributee's  designated beneficiary,
                  or  for  a  specified   period  of  ten  years  or  more;  any
                  distribution to the extent such distribution is required under
                  Code Section  401(a)(9);  and the portion of any  distribution
                  that is not  includible  in gross income  (determined  without
                  regard to the exclusion for net unrealized  appreciation  with
                  respect to employer securities).

                  (2) An eligible  retirement  plan is an individual  retirement
                  account  described  in  Code  Section  408(a),  an  individual
                  retirement  annuity  described  in  Code  Section  408(b),  an
                  annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a),  or a qualified
                  trust  described  in Code  Section  401(a),  that  accepts the
                  distributee's eligible rollover distribution.  However, in the
                  case of an eligible  rollover  distribution  to the  surviving
                  spouse,   an  eligible   retirement   plan  is  an  individual
                  retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                  (3) A distributes includes an Employee or former Employee.  In
                  addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse
                  and the  Employee's  or  former  Employee's  spouse  or former
                  spouse who is the alternate  payee under a qualified  domestic
                  relations  order,  as  defined  in Code  Section  414(p),  are
                  distributees  with  regard to the  interest  of the  spouse or
                  former spouse.

                  (4) A direct rollover is a payment by the plan to the eligible
                  retirement plan specified by the distributee.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                       AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS

         8.1      AMENDMENT

                  (a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend the
         Plan,  subject to the  limitations of this Section.  Any such amendment
         shall be adopted by formal action of the Employer's  board of directors
         and executed by an officer authorized to act on behalf of the Employer.
         However,   any   amendment   which   affects  the  rights,   duties  or
         responsibilities of the Trustee and Administrator may only be made with
         the Trustee's and Administrator's  written consent.  Any such amendment
         shall become  effective as provided  therein  upon its  execution.  The
         Trustee shall not be required to execute any such amendment  unless the
         Trust  provisions  contained  herein  are a part  of the  Plan  and the
         amendment affects the duties of the Trustee hereunder.

                  (b)  No  amendment  to  the  Plan  shall  be  effective  if it
         authorizes  or permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part
         as is required to pay taxes and administration

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        65

<PAGE>



         expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose  other than for the
         exclusive  benefit  of  the  Participants  or  their  Beneficiaries  or
         estates;  or causes any reduction in the amount credited to the account
         of any Participant;  or causes or permits any portion of the Trust Fund
         to revert to or become property of the Employer.

                  (c) Except as permitted by  Regulations,  no Plan amendment or
         transaction  having the effect of a Plan  amendment  (such as a merger,
         plan transfer or similar  transaction) shall be effective to the extent
         it eliminates or reduces any "Section  411(d)(6)  protected benefit" or
         adds or modifies  conditions  relating to "Section 411(d)(6)  protected
         benefits" the result of which is a further  restriction on such benefit
         unless such  protected  benefits are preserved with respect to benefits
         accrued as of the later of the adoption  date or effective  date of the
         amendment.   "Section  411(d)(6)   protected   benefits"  are  benefits
         described in Code Section  411(d)(6)(A),  early retirement benefits and
         retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit.

         8.2      TERMINATION

                  (a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate
         the Plan by delivering to the Trustee and Administrator  written notice
         of such termination.  Upon any full or partial termination, all amounts
         credited to the affected  Participants'  Combined Accounts shall become
         100%  Vested as provided  in Section  6.4 and shall not  thereafter  be
         subject to forfeiture,  and all unallocated  amounts shall be allocated
         to the accounts of all  Participants  in accordance with the provisions
         hereof.

                  (b) Upon the full  termination of the Plan, the Employer shall
         direct the distribution of the assets of the Trust Fund to Participants
         in a manner which is consistent  with and  satisfies the  provisions of
         Section 6.5.  Distributions  to a Participant  shall be made in cash or
         through  the   purchase   of   irrevocable   nontransferable   deferred
         commitments  from an insurer.  Except as permitted by Regulations,  the
         termination  of the Plan shall not result in the  reduction of "Section
         411(d)(6) protected benefits" in accordance with Section 8.1(c).

         8.3      MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

                  This Plan and Trust may be merged or consolidated with, or its
assets and/or liabilities may be transferred to any other plan and trust only if
the benefits which would be received by a Participant of this Plan, in the event
of a  termination  of the  plan  immediately  after  such  transfer,  merger  or
consolidation,  are at least equal to the  benefits the  Participant  would have
received if the Plan had terminated  immediately before the transfer,  merger or
consolidation,  and such transfer,  merger or  consolidation  does not otherwise
result in the  elimination  or  reduction of any  "Section  411(d)(6)  protected
benefits" in accordance with Section 8.1(c).

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        66

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1      PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

                  This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between
the Employer and any Participant or to be a  consideration  or an inducement for
the employment of any  Participant or Employee.  Nothing  contained in this Plan
shall be deemed to give any  Participant or Employee the right to be retained in
the service of the  Employer or to  interfere  with the right of the Employer to
discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which
such discharge shall have upon him as a Participant of this Plan.

         9.2      ALIENATION

                  (a) Subject to the exceptions provided below, no benefit which
         shall be  payable  out of the Trust  Fund to any  person  (including  a
         Participant  or his  Beneficiary)  shall be  subject  in any  manner to
         anticipation,   alienation,   sale,   transfer,   assignment,   pledge,
         encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate,  alienate, sell,
         transfer,  assign, pledge,  encumber, or charge the same shall be void;
         and no such  benefit  shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to,
         the debts, contracts,  Liabilities,  engagements,  or torts of any such
         person,  nor shall it be subject to  attachment or legal process for or
         against  such  person,  and the same  shall  not be  recognized  by the
         Trustee, except to such extent as may be required by law.

                  (b) This provision shall not apply to the extent a Participant
         or  Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan, as a result of a loan from the
         Plan.  At  the  time  a  distribution  is  to  be  made  to  or  for  a
         Participant's or Beneficiary's  benefit,  such proportion of the amount
         distributed as shall equal such loan indebtedness  shall be paid by the
         Trustee to the Trustee or the  Administrator,  at the  direction of the
         Administrator,  to apply against or discharge  such loan  indebtedness.
         Prior to making a payment, however, the Participant or Beneficiary must
         be  given  written   notice  by  the   Administrator   that  such  loan
         indebtedness  is to be so paid in whole or part from his  Participant's
         Combined Account. If the Participant or Beneficiary does not agree that
         the loan indebtedness is a valid claim against his Vested Participant's
         Combined  Account,  he shall be entitled to a review of the validity of
         the claim in accordance with  procedures  provided in Sections 2.12 and
         2.13.

                  (c) This  provision  shall not apply to a "qualified  domestic
         relations  order"  defined  in Code  Section  414(p),  and those  other
         domestic   relations   orders   permitted  to  be  so  treated  by  the
         Administrator  under the  provisions  of the  Retirement  Equity Act of
         1984.  The  Administrator   shall  establish  a  written  procedure  to
         determine  the  qualified  status of domestic  relations  orders and to
         administer  distributions under such qualified orders.  Further, to the
         extent provided under a "qualified  domestic relations order," a former
         spouse of a  Participant  shall be treated  as the spouse or  surviving
         spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        67

<PAGE>




         9.3      CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

                  This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced  according
to the Act and the laws of the State of Texas,  other  than its laws  respecting
choice of law, to the extent not preempted by the Act.

         9.4      GENDER AND NUMBER

                  Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine,  feminine
or neuter  gender,  they  shall be  construed  as though  they were also used in
another  gender in all cases where they would so apply,  and  whenever any words
are used  herein in the  singular or plural  form,  they shall be  construed  as
though  they were also used in the other  form in all cases  where they would so
apply.

         9.5      LEGAL ACTION

                  In the  event  any  claim,  suit,  or  proceeding  is  brought
regarding  the Trust and/or Plan  established  hereunder to which the Trustee or
the  Administrator  may be a party,  and such  claim,  suit,  or  proceeding  is
resolved in favor of the Trustee or Administrator,  they shall be entitled to be
reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any and all costs, attorney's fees, and other
expenses  pertaining  thereto  incurred by them for which they shall have become
liable.

         9.6      PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS

                  (a)  Except  as  provided  below  and  otherwise  specifically
         permitted by law, it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of
         the  Trust,  by  termination  of  either,  by  power of  revocation  or
         amendment,   by  the  happening  of  any  contingency,   by  collateral
         arrangement or by any other means, for any part of the corpus or income
         of any  trust  fund  maintained  pursuant  to  the  Plan  or any  funds
         contributed thereto to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than
         the exclusive benefit of Participants,  Retired Participants,  or their
         Beneficiaries.

                  (b)  In  the  event  the  Employer  shall  make  an  excessive
         contribution   under  a  mistake  of  fact   pursuant  to  Act  Section
         403(c)(2)(A),  the  Employer  may demand  repayment  of such  excessive
         contribution  at any time  within  one (1) year  following  the time of
         payment and the  Trustees  shall  return  such  amount to the  Employer
         within the one (1) year period.  Earnings of the Plan  attributable  to
         the excess  contributions  may not be returned to the  Employer but any
         losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned.

         9.7      BONDING

                  Every Fiduciary, except a bank or an insurance company, unless
exempted by the Act and regulations thereunder, shall be bonded in an amount not
less than 10% of the amount of

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        68

<PAGE>



the funds such Fiduciary handles; provided, however, that the minimum bond shall
be $1,000 and the maximum bond,  $500,000.  The amount of funds handled shall be
determined  at the beginning of each Plan Year by the amount of funds handled by
such  person,  group,  or class to be covered  and their  predecessors,  if any,
during the preceding Plan Year, or if there is no preceding  Plan Year,  then by
the amount of the funds to be handled  during the then  current  year.  The bond
shall provide protection to the Plan against any loss by reason of acts of fraud
or dishonesty by the Fiduciary  alone or in connivance  with others.  The surety
shall  be a  corporate  surety  company  (as  such  term is used in Act  Section
412(a)(2)),  and the bond shall be in a form approved by the Secretary of Labor.
Notwithstanding  anything  in the Plan to the  contrary,  the cost of such bonds
shall be an expense of and may, at the  election of the  Administrator,  be paid
from the Trust Fund or by the Employer.

         9.8      EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

                  Neither the Employer nor the  Trustee,  nor their  successors,
shall be responsible  for the validity of any Contract  issued  hereunder or for
the  failure on the part of the  insurer to make  payments  provided by any such
Contract,  or for the action of any person  which may delay  payment or render a
Contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.

         9.9      INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

                  Any insurer who shall issue Contracts hereunder shall not have
any responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects
of this Plan.  The insurer  shall be  protected  and held  harmless in acting in
accordance with any written direction of the Trustee,  and shall have no duty to
see to the  application  of any funds paid to the  Trustee,  nor be  required to
question any actions  directed by the Trustee.  Regardless  of any  provision of
this Plan,  the  insurer  shall not be  required to take or permit any action or
allow any benefit or privilege  contrary to the terms of any  Contract  which it
issues hereunder, or the rules of the insurer.

         9.10     RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS

                  Any  payment  to any  Participant,  his legal  representative,
Beneficiary,  or to any guardian or committee  appointed for such Participant or
Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan,  shall, to the extent
thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and
the Employer, either of whom may require such Participant, legal representative,
Beneficiary, guardian or committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to
execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as shall be determined by the
Trustee or Employer.

         9.11     ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

                  Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted
or required  to do or perform  any act or matter or thing,  it shall be done and
performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        69

<PAGE>




         9.12     NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY

                  The "named Fiduciaries" of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2)
the  Administrator  and (3) the Trustee.  The named  Fiduciaries shall have only
those  specific  powers,  duties,  responsibilities,   and  obligations  as  are
specifically given them under the Plan. In general,  the Employer shall have the
sole responsibility for making the contributions provided for under Section 4.1;
and shall have the sole  authority  to appoint  and remove the  Trustee  and the
Administrator, to formulate the Plan's "funding policy and method"; and to amend
or terminate,  in whole or in part, the Plan. The  Administrator  shall have the
sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which  responsibility is
specifically   described  in  the  Plan.   The  Trustee   shall  have  the  sole
responsibility  of management  of the assets held under the Trust,  except those
assets, the management of which has been assigned to an Investment Manager,  who
shall be solely responsible for the management of the assets assigned to it, all
as specifically  provided in the Plan.  Each named  Fiduciary  warrants that any
directions  given,  information  furnished,  or  action  taken by it shall be in
accordance  with the  provisions of the Plan,  authorizing or providing for such
direction,  information or action.  Furthermore,  each named  Fiduciary may rely
upon any such  direction,  information  or action of another named  Fiduciary as
being proper under the Plan,  and is not required under the Plan to inquire into
the propriety of any such direction, information or action. It is intended under
the Plan that each named  Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise
of its own powers,  duties,  responsibilities and obligations under the Plan. No
named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against  investment
loss or depreciation in asset value.  Any person or group may serve in more than
one Fiduciary capacity. In the furtherance of their responsibilities  hereunder,
the "named  Fiduciaries"  shall be empowered to interpret the Plan and Trust and
to resolve ambiguities,  inconsistencies and omissions,  which findings shall be
binding, final and conclusive.

         9.13     HEADINGS

                  The headings and  subheadings  of this Plan have been inserted
for  convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any  construction  of the
provisions hereof.

         9.14     APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

                  (a)   Notwithstanding   anything   herein  to  the   contrary,
         contributions   to  this  Plan  are   conditioned   upon  the   initial
         qualification  of the Plan under Code Section 401. If the Plan receives
         an adverse  determination  with  respect to its initial  qualification,
         then the Plan may return such  contributions to the Employer within one
         year  after  such  determination,  provided  the  application  for  the
         determination  is made by the time  prescribed  by law for  filing  the
         Employer's  return for the taxable  year in which the Plan was adopted,
         or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  any  provisions to the contrary,  except
         Sections 3.6, 3.7, and 4.1(e),  any contribution by the Employer to the
         Trust Fund is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by
         the Employer under the Code and, to the extent any

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        70

<PAGE>



         such  deduction is  disallowed,  the Employer may,  within one (1) year
         following the  disallowance of the deduction,  demand repayment of such
         disallowed  contribution and the Trustee shall return such contribution
         within one (1) year  following the  disallowance.  Earnings of the Plan
         attributable  to the excess  contribution  may not be  returned  to the
         Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so
         returned.

         9.15     UNIFORMITY

                  All provisions of this Plan shall be  interpreted  and applied
in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner. In the event of any conflict between the
terms of this Plan and any Contract  purchased  hereunder,  the Plan  provisions
shall control.

                                    ARTICLE X
                             PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

         10.1     ADOPTION BY OTHER EMPLOYERS

                  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the  contrary,  with the
consent of the Employer and Trustee, any other corporation or entity, whether an
affiliate or  subsidiary  or not, may adopt this Plan and all of the  provisions
hereof,  and participate herein and be known as a Participating  Employer,  by a
properly executed document evidencing said intent and will of such Participating
Employer.

         10.2     REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

                  (a) Each such Participating Employer  shall be required to use
         the same Trustee as provided in this Plan.

                  (b) The Trustee may, but shall not be required to,  commingle,
         hold  and  invest  as  one  Trust  Fund  all   contributions   made  by
         Participating  Employers,  as well as all increments thereof.  However,
         the assets of the Plan shall,  on an ongoing basis, be available to pay
         benefits to all Participants and  Beneficiaries  under the Plan without
         regard to the Employer or  Participating  Employer who contributed such
         assets.

                  (c) The  transfer  of any  Participant  from or to an Employer
         participating  in this Plan,  whether he be an Employee of the Employer
         or a Participating Employer, shall not affect such Participant's rights
         under the Plan, and all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined
         Account as well as his accumulated  service time with the transferor or
         predecessor,  and  his  length  of  participation  in the  Plan,  shall
         continue to his credit.

                  (d)  All  rights  and  values   forfeited  by  termination  of
         employment  shall inure only to the benefit of the  Participants of the
         Employer or Participating  Employer by which the forfeiting Participant
         was  employed,  except  if the  Forfeiture  is for  an  Employee  whose
         Employer is an Affiliated Employer, then said Forfeiture shall inure to
         the benefit of the  Participants  of those Employers who are Affiliated
         Employers. Should an Employee of

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        71

<PAGE>



         one  ("First")  Employer be  transferred  to an  associated  ("Second")
         Employer which is an Affiliated Employer, such transfer shall not cause
         his account balance  (generated while an Employee of "First"  Employer)
         in any  manner,  or by any  amount  to be  forfeited.  Such  Employee's
         Participant  Combined  Account  balance  for all  purposes of the Plan,
         including  length  of  service,  shall be  considered  as though he had
         always been employed by the "Second"  Employer and as such had received
         contributions,  forfeitures,  earnings or losses,  and  appreciation or
         depreciation in value of assets totaling the amount so transferred.

                  (e) Any  expenses  of the  Trust  which  are to be paid by the
         Employer or borne by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating
         Employer in the same  proportion  that the total amount standing to the
         credit of all Participants employed by such Employer bears to the total
         standing to the credit of all Participants.

         10.3     DESIGNATION OF AGENT

                  Each  Participating  Employer shall be deemed to be a party to
this Plan; provided, however, that with respect to all of its relations with the
Trustee  and  Administrator  for the  purpose of this Plan,  each  Participating
Employer  shall be deemed to have  designated  irrevocably  the  Employer as its
agent.  Unless the context of the Plan clearly indicates the contrary,  the word
"Employer" shall be deemed to include each Participating  Employer as related to
its adoption of the Plan.

         10.4     EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS

                  It is anticipated that an Employee may be transferred  between
Participating  Employers,  and in the event of any such  transfer,  the Employee
involved shall carry with him his accumulated  service and eligibility.  No such
transfer   shall  effect  a  termination  of  employment   hereunder,   and  the
Participating  Employer to which the  Employee is  transferred  shall  thereupon
become  obligated  hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same manner as
was the Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred.

         10.5     PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

                  Any contribution  subject to allocation  during each Plan Year
shall  be  allocated   only  among  those   Participants   of  the  Employer  or
Participating  Employer making the  contribution,  except if the contribution is
made by an  Affiliated  Employer,  in which  event  such  contribution  shall be
allocated  among  all  Participants  of  all  Participating  Employers  who  are
Affiliated  Employers in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this Plan. On the
basis of the information furnished by the Administrator,  the Trustee shall keep
separate books and records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer
hereunder  and  as to  the  accounts  and  credits  of  the  Employees  of  each
Participating  Employer. The Trustee may, but need not, register Contracts so as
to evidence that a particular  Participating Employer is the interested Employer
hereunder,  but in the  event of an  Employee  transfer  from one  Participating
Employer to another, the employing Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee
thereof.

CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        72

<PAGE>




         10.6     AMENDMENT

                  Amendment  of this Plan by the Employer at any time when there
shall be a Participating  Employer hereunder shall only be by the written action
of each and every  Participating  Employer  and with the  consent of the Trustee
where such consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

         10.7     DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION

                  Any  Participating  Employer shall be permitted to discontinue
or revoke its participation in the Plan. At the time of any such  discontinuance
or revocation,  satisfactory  evidence thereof and of any applicable  conditions
imposed  shall  be  delivered  to the  Trustee.  The  Trustee  shall  thereafter
transfer,  deliver and assign Contracts and other Trust Fund assets allocable to
the  Participants  of such  Participating  Employer to such new Trustee as shall
have been designated by such  Participating  Employer,  in the event that it has
established a separate pension plan for its Employees, provided however, that no
such transfer shall be made if the result is the elimination or reduction of any
"Section 411(d)(6)  protected benefits" in accordance with Section 8.1(c). If no
successor is designated,  the Trustee shall retain such assets for the Employees
of said Participating  Employer pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof
in no such  event  shall  any part of the  corpus  or  income of the Trust as it
relates to such Participating Employer be used for or diverted to purposes other
than for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of such Participating Employer.

         10.8     ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY

                  The  Administrator  shall have  authority  to make any and all
necessary rules or regulations, binding upon all Participating Employers and all
Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this Article.



CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        73

<PAGE>



                                    El Chico Corporation (Georgia)


                                    By/s/Susan R. Holland
                                      -------------------------------
                                            EMPLOYER



                                    El Chico Corporation of Alabama


                                    By/s/Susan R. Holland
                                      -------------------------------
                                            EMPLOYER


                                    El Chico Corporation of Florida


                                    By/s/Susan R. Holland
                                      -------------------------------
                                            EMPLOYER


                                    Pronto Design & Supply, Inc.


                                    By/s/Lawrence E. White
                                      -------------------------------
                                            EMPLOYER


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        74

<PAGE>


                                  TRUSTEE

                                    Profit Sharing Plan Administration Committee

                                    /s/Lawrence E. White
                                    -------------------------------
                                    Lawrence E. White

                                    /s/Susan R. Holland
                                    -------------------------------
                                    Susan R. Holland

                                    /s/Alice M. Kain
                                    -------------------------------
                                    Alice M. Kain

                                    /s/John A. Cuellar
                                    -------------------------------
                                    John A. Cuellar


CORPDAL:63487.1 14047-00001
                                                        75


                        SYGMA/EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.
                         DISTRIBUTION SERVICE AGREEMENT



I.       RECITALS

               A.   El Chico Restaurants,  Incorporated (hereinafter "El Chico")
                    is the owner,  operator  and manager of El Chico,  Casa Rosa
                    and Cantina Laredo restaurants;

               B.   El Chico  desires to designate  The SYGMA  Network,  Inc., a
                    wholly-owned  subsidiary of SYSCO Corporation,  (hereinafter
                    "SYGMA") as its primary  distributor  for products to all of
                    its restaurants;

               C.   SYGMA is a firm  which will  carry and  distribute  products
                    required by El Chico restaurants;

               D.   SYGMA  desire  to  perform  the   function  of   purchasing,
                    warehousing,  and  distributing  of  products  for El  Chico
                    restaurants.

II.      BASIC AGREEMENT

               A.   El Chico  agrees to purchase  from SYGMA and SYGMA agrees to
                    purchase,  warehouse,  and distribute for and to sell, to El
                    Chico the complete needs of El Chico's  restaurants  for all
                    products  ("Products")  used  in its  restaurant  operations
                    including  but not  limited to fresh  dairy  products,  meat
                    products,  other frozen and  refrigerated  items,  including
                    avocado  pulp,  canned and dry goods,  beverages,  paper and
                    disposables,  chemical and  janitorial  products,  and other
                    non-food products requiring frequent  replacement.  The only
                    products  to  be  exceptions  from  SYGMA  distribution  are
                    produce,  coffee, gas products, beer, wine and other liquor.
                    SYGMA shall not sell or distribute any  proprietary El Chico
                    products to other SYGMA  customers  without prior consent by
                    El Chico.

               B.   Those concept  restaurants  owned by El Chico, but operating
                    under other trade names, have the right to purchase products
                    from SYGMA under the same terms and  conditions as specified
                    in the  Agreement,  but  they  are not  obligated  to do so.
                    Similarly,  SYGMA is obligated  to provide  service to those
                    restaurants only from its regular inventory.

III.     PRODUCT DESIGNATION

               A.   Product Selection - El Chico may designate the brands and/or
                    suppliers  of Products it prefers to have SYGMA  supply.  El
                    Chico reserves the right to select all Product


CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           1

<PAGE>



                    suppliers  and  to   negotiate  price  and  terms  with  all
                    suppliers of Products and all freight service suppliers.

               B.   Inventory   Management   -  SYGMA   shall  use   reasonable,
                    good-faith effort to utilize proper inventory  management to
                    assure a continuous  supply of Products while minimizing the
                    risk of inventory obsolescence.  SYGMA will provide El Chico
                    with a quarterly status report of slow-moving or close-coded
                    Products.  Within  two  weeks of  receipt  of the  quarterly
                    status report of  slow-moving or  close-coded  products,  El
                    Chico and SYGMA agree to review all  products  whose risk of
                    obsolescence  is apparent.  Joint  resolutions to assign and
                    reduce obsolete inventory exposure will be initiated.

                    El Chico will communicate with SYGMA  regarding  anticipated
                    menu or Product mix changes to help avoid obsolete inventory
                    issues and will assist  SYGMA in removal or  disposition  of
                    slow-moving and close-coded  Products.  If SYGMA purchases a
                    Product in reasonable  anticipation  of sale to El Chico and
                    the use of such Product by all or any of the  Restaurants is
                    discontinued  by El Chico or the  volume of  purchases  of a
                    Product  declines  substantially to the point where El Chico
                    and SYGMA agree the risk of  obsolescence  is  apparent,  El
                    Chico will either:  1) assume financial  responsibility  for
                    the cost to return any unsold  inventory  of such product to
                    the supplier; unless the inventory obsolescence or a portion
                    thereof  was  caused by SYGMA in which  case  SYGMA  will be
                    responsible  for the cost of any  unsold  inventory  of such
                    products;   or  2)  designate  a  specific   restaurant   or
                    restaurants   to  purchase  and  use  the  subject   product
                    inventory  within  a  reasonable   period  of  time;  or  3)
                    implement  other  disposal  alternatives,   to  be  mutually
                    determined;  or 4) if such  Product is not sold or otherwise
                    disposed of in accordance with this paragraph IIIB, El Chico
                    shall within 30 days,  pay SYGMA the Cost herein  defined of
                    any unsold  inventory of such product.  SYGMA will make such
                    Product available for pick up by El Chico or its designee.

                    Notwithstanding, anything to the contrary in this Agreement,
                    El Chico will  not  be  responsible   for  SYGMA  orders  of
                    discontinued  product after El Chico has given SYGMA written
                    notice  of discontinuance  of such  product.  SYGMA will use
                    reasonable good  faith efforts  to cancel  or return  vendor
                    product on order or in transit to reduce El Chico liability.

IV.      SERVICE

               A.   On order  and  delivery  schedules  determined  by SYGMA and
                    agreed upon by El Chico,  SYGMA will make two deliveries per
                    week to new or  existing  El Chico  Restaurants  in the dark
                    grey shaded area  depicted in Exhibit 1. SYGMA will make one
                    delivery per week to new or existing El Chico Restaurants in
                    the light grey shaded area depicted in Exhibit 1.



CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           2

<PAGE>



         B.       SYGMA will also provide regular distribution service,  special
                  distribution  service or expanded delivery frequency to future
                  Restaurants El Chico may own or franchise outside the once per
                  week  or  twice  per  week  boundaries  of this  Agreement  as
                  depicted  in  Exhibit 1 but at an  additional  charge  for all
                  incremental round-trip mileage


CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           3

<PAGE>



                    or other additional costs due to extraordinary routing SYGMA
                    may incur from its closest  customer to the new Restaurants.
                    The rate per mile will be  negotiated  in good faith between
                    both parties.

               C.   Delivery  may be  scheduled  seven days per week  during the
                    following times:

                           11:00 p.m. - 11:00 a.m.
                            1:30 p.m.  -  5:00 p.m.

                    During the meal  windows of 11:00 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. and 5:00
                    p.m. to 11:00 p.m.,  there  should be no SYGMA trucks on the
                    lot so as not to conflict with customer traffic.

               D.   For  those  El Chico  Restaurants  receiving  more  than one
                    delivery per week, it is understood that El Chico Restaurant
                    managers will reasonably  balance the orders to within a 10%
                    weekly variance from the weekly average order, such that all
                    deliveries consist of approximately the same number of cases
                    (excluding   holiday  weeks).   For  those  restaurants  not
                    achieving  this variance  requirement,  El Chico  Restaurant
                    management  and  SYGMA  will  work in good  faith to  reduce
                    variances  in  excess  of 10%.  If after  30 days  following
                    notification   of  such  variance,   a  Restaurant  has  not
                    reasonably  balanced  at least three of the next four weeks'
                    orders,  SYGMA  shall have the  option to add a $50.00  drop
                    charge  to  subsequent   orders  that  are  not   reasonably
                    balanced,  until such time as the  Restaurant  is reasonably
                    balancing at least 75% of their orders.

               E.   SYGMA  delivery  drivers will bring all products into all El
                    Chico  Restaurants  where it is possible to roll a two-wheel
                    cart.  Further,  where it is  possible  to roll a  two-wheel
                    cart, the SYGMA delivery  drivers will separate the order to
                    the Restaurants' freezer, cooler, and storeroom.

V.       PRICING

               A.   SYGMA  will price all  products  to El Chico on the basis of
                    the following pricing formula:

                    All Meat Products, including       $0.10 per pound over cost
                    Ground Beef, Seafood and
                    Poultry

                    All Cheese products                $0.10 per pound over cost



CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           4

<PAGE>



        Avocado Pulp                         $1.75 mark-up over cost

        All other Fresh Produce              16% gross margin on selling price

        Soft Drink Syrups                    Coca-Cola and Dr. Pepper
                                             National Account Pricing


        Chile Con Carne Concentrate          $0.1425 per pound over cost

        Proprietary Products                 12.5% gross margin on selling price


        All other food products              12.5% gross margin on selling price
        including Fresh Dairy

        Canned and Dry Goods                 12% gross margin on selling price

        Ecolab Products                      National Account Pricing

        Equipment/Smallwares                 12% gross margin on selling price

        All other Non-Food Products          16% gross margin on selling price




CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           5

<PAGE>


                  SYGMA and El Chico  agree to monitor  gross  margins  with the
                  goal of  achieving  an overall  9.5%  gross  margin on selling
                  price prior to any discount or rebates in Sections V.D.,  V.E.
                  and VIII. If in any period of three  consecutive  months,  the
                  overall gross margin on selling price exceeds 9.6% or is below
                  9.4%,  both  parties  agree that  pricing  will be adjusted on
                  mutually  agreed upon  categories with the goal of achieving a
                  9.5% overall gross margin on selling price.

         B.       Definition  of Cost - The price to El Chico  for all  products
                  sold  under  this  Distribution   Service  Agreement  will  be
                  calculated  on the basis of cost.  Cost is defined as the cost
                  of  the  product  as  shown  on  the  invoice  to  SYGMA  plus
                  applicable freight. The invoice used to determine cost will be
                  the  invoice   issued  to  SYGMA  by  the  vendor  or  by  the
                  Merchandising Services Department of SYSCO Corporation.

                  Cost is not  reduced  by cash  discounts  for  prompt  payment
                  available  to  SYGMA.   Promotional  allowances  reflected  on
                  invoices  to  SYGMA  will  be  passed  along  as  a  temporary
                  reduction in cost for the term of the promotion.

                  Applicable  freight,  in those cases where the invoice cost to
                  SYSCO is not a delivered cost, means that a reasonable freight
                  charge  for  delivering  products  to SYGMA  has  been  added.
                  Freight charges may include common or contract  charges by the
                  product  vendor or a carrier,  or charges  billed by  Alfmark,
                  SYSCO Corporation's freight management service, or charges for
                  shipments back hauled via SYGMA truck.


CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           6

<PAGE>



                  Applicable  freight for any  product  will not exceed the rate
                  charged by  reputable  carriers  operating  in the same market
                  with the same type of freight service.

                  SYGMA and SYSCO Corporation perform  value-added  services for
                  suppliers  of SYSCO  brand and other  products  over and above
                  procurement  activities typically provided.  These value-added
                  services  include  regional  and national  marketing,  freight
                  management,  consolidated  warehousing,  quality assurance and
                  performance   based   product   marketing.   SYGMA  and  SYSCO
                  Corporation may be reimbursed for the costs of providing these
                  services and may also be  compensated  for these  services and
                  consider  this  compensation  to be  earned  income,  but such
                  reimbursements  and  compensation  shall  not  reduce  SYGMA's
                  invoice  cost for the  related  product.  Receipt of such cost
                  recovery or earned  income for such services does not diminish
                  SYGMA's  commitment  to  provide  competitive  prices  to  its
                  customers. Notwithstanding such cost recovery or earned income
                  for such services,  (i)  promotional  allowances  reflected on
                  invoices  to SYGMA will  continue to reduce  SYGMA's  cost and
                  (ii)  SYGMA's  cost will  continue to reflect  volume  bracket
                  pricing  discounts  made  available  to SYGMA by vendors,  and
                  (iii)  SYGMA  represents  that its margins  used to  calculate
                  prices under this agreement reflect promotional  allowances or
                  volume  discounts  realized by SYGMA through SYSCO  purchasing
                  programs.

         C.       Pricing  assumes  that  SYGMA  investment  in  inventory  will
                  average  14 days  of  sales.  No one  item  is  assumed  to be
                  purchased  in  excess  of  three  weeks   inventory  with  the
                  exception of smallwares.  The parties will mutually agree upon
                  order quantities for new items.

                  In  those  cases  where  SYGMA is  requested  to  purchase  in
                  quantities  exceeding three weeks,  except for smallwares,  El
                  Chico will compensate  SYGMA for any additional costs incurred
                  in carrying the additional inventory.

         D.       A SYGMA  item  selection  rebate  will be paid on a  quarterly
                  basis on all items  purchased from a mutually agreed upon list
                  of  products  for which  SYGMA has  discretion  to choose  the
                  source. To qualify, El Chico must be purchasing a full line of
                  products  and must be  remitting  payment  within  the  stated
                  terms.

               Mutually agreed upon dry items                              0.75%
               Mutually agreed upon frozen or refrigerated items           1.5%

         E.       All  SYSCO   branded  items  qualify  for  a  1%  rebate  paid
                  quarterly. To qualify, El Chico must be purchasing a full line
                  of products  and must be remitting  payment  within the stated
                  terms.

         F.       All restaurants will be served from SYGMA-Dallas.



CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           7

<PAGE>



         G.       El Chico agrees to require its restaurants to  purchase a full
                  line of  all  products  previously  identified in  Section II,
                  Paragraph A.

VI.      AUDIT AND FINANCIAL REPORTING

         A.       El Chico's authorized  representative  shall have the right at
                  all reasonable  times to examine  SYGMA's product cost records
                  and invoices.  El Chico will provide  reasonable notice of its
                  intent to conduct any such  examination and shall conduct such
                  examination so as to not  unreasonably  interfere with SYGMA's
                  operations.

         B.       SYGMA will  deliver to  El Chico  quarterly  reports of  SYSCO
                  Corporation's financial position.

         C.       El  Chico will  deliver  to  SYGMA  quarterly  reports  of its
                  financial position and any  other public  reports filed (i.e.,
                  10-K's, etc.).

VII.     REPORTING

         SYGMA will  provide  El Chico with  regular  product  pricing  reports,
         product usage reports, and other managerial information reports similar
         to those SYGMA currently provides its other chain restaurant customers.

VIII.    PAYMENT TERMS

         El Chico will remit  weekly to SYGMA's  Dallas  lockbox.  El Chico will
         mail the remittance in sufficient  time to allow SYGMA's receipt at the
         lockbox.  every  Wednesday,  and the remittance  will pay for all SYGMA
         invoices from the week ended two Saturdays prior,  thereby  effectively
         resulting  in 14-day  payment  terms.  SYGMA will  ensure that El Chico
         receives by Wednesday of every week a complete register of invoices and
         credits,  by Restaurants,  detailing all such transactions for the week
         ended the prior Saturday.

         SYGMA  offers El Chico  the  flexibility  to remit on a 7 day,  or cash
         equivalent basis and receive an early-payment  discount,  provided that
         the payment for a particular week's shipments (Sunday through Saturday)
         is received at SYGMA's designated bank by:

         A.       The  first Wednesday  after  shipment  week  a rebate for  one
                  quarter of one  percent (0.25%)  of the  invoice amount  early
                  payment allowance for net 7 day payment determined as follows:

                        (S M T W TH F S) (shipment week)
                  7 days S M T W TH F S
                               ^
                               ^
                       Receipt of payment



CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           8

<PAGE>



         B.       The second  Wednesday  after a  shipment  week  provided  cash
                  collateral  equal  to two  weeks'  worth  of  purchases  is on
                  deposit  with  SYGMA,  a rebate  for one  half of one  percent
                  (0.5%) early payment allowance for cash equivalent payment.

                        (S M T W TH F S) (shipment week)
              Net 0 days S M T W TH F S
                         S M T W TH F S
                               ^
                               ^
                      Receipt of payment

IX.      FRANCHISEE PARTICIPATION

         SYGMA will extend service and pricing to any El Chico franchisees equal
         to that offered to El Chico as specified  in this  agreement,  provided
         those franchisees  perform their obligations equal to those required of
         El Chico,  as specified in this  Agreement.  At SYGMA's ' election,  El
         Chico  franchisees  will  provide to SYGMA either  standby  irrevocable
         letters  of credit  or  personal  guarantees  supported  by  acceptable
         personal financial statements. In no case shall El Chico be responsible
         for the  debts of its  franchisees.  It is  SYGMA's  responsibility  to
         establish an independent good faith  relationship with all franchisees.
         El Chico will formally  designate to SYGMA the extent of all franchisee
         participation in El Chico product  contracts.  SYGMA reserves the right
         to grant less liberal  payment terms to any franchisee  whose financial
         condition does not warrant it.

X.       INDEMNIFICATION AGAINST FRANCHISEES

         El  Chico  is  a  franchisor  and  permits   distribution   under  this
         Distribution  Service  Agreement to franchisees of El Chico. If for any
         reason El Chico  terminates  this  Distribution  Service  Agreement and
         directs  SYGMA to cease  distribution  or  sales of  proprietary  items
         bearing  trademarks  or trade dress owned by El Chico to one or more of
         such  franchisees,  El Chico  will  defend,  indemnify  and hold  SYGMA
         harmless  from and  against  any and all  losses,  damages or claims by
         terminated franchisees which may arise from SYGMA ceasing further sales
         to such franchisees under this Distribution Service Agreement.

XI.      CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

         It is understood  that SYGMA may be privy,  in the course of performing
         its role as El Chico's exclusive distributor, to certain information as
         to product  ingredients,  specifications,  and restaurant volumes which
         are  confidential  to El Chico.  It is understood  that El Chico may be
         privy, in the course of the parties' relationship hereunder, including,
         without  limitation,  in the  course  of  conducting  examinations  the
         parties'  relationship  hereunder,   including,   certain  confidential
         financial information of SYGMA.

         A.       This Confidential  Information is  and shall remain the  sole,
                  exclusive and valuable  property of the disclosing  party (the
                  "Discloser"), and the receiving party  (the "Recipient") shall
                  acquire  no  right, title  or  interest  therein.  Unless  the
                  Recipient can


CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           9

<PAGE>



                  prove  that  such   Confidential   Information   came  to  the
                  Recipient's attention or was in the public domain prior to the
                  Discloser  having  disclosed  such  Confidential  Information,
                  directly  or  indirectly,  to  the  Recipient,  the  Recipient
                  covenants  and  agrees  that it shall hold in  confidence  all
                  Confidential   Information   and  shall   not,   without   the
                  Discloser's   prior   written   consent,    use   Confidential
                  Information  which may come to its attention,  or authorize or
                  permit the use of, any Confidential Information (except as may
                  be required by applicable law or as may be necessary for SYGMA
                  to act as El Chico's  exclusive  distributor)  or  disclose or
                  otherwise  make   available,   directly  or  indirectly,   any
                  Confidential   Information  to  any  person  (except  to  such
                  employees or agents of the Recipient or SYSCO  Corporation  as
                  must have access to such  information in order to permit SYGMA
                  to act or attempt to act as El Chico's exclusive distributor).
                  The  Recipient's  obligations  hereunder,  with respect to the
                  Confidential  Information,  shall continue for so long as this
                  Agreement  remains in effect  and  following  the  termination
                  hereof . The Recipient's obligations hereunder with respect to
                  any  particular  Confidential  Information  shall in any event
                  cease  at  such  time  as  such   part  of  the   Confidential
                  Information  is or becomes a part of the public domain through
                  publication or  communication  by others,  through no fault of
                  the Recipient.  The Recipient  shall take all such other steps
                  reasonably   necessary   to  ensure   that  the   Confidential
                  Information  is  not  disclosed  by  any  of  the  Recipient's
                  officers, directors,  employees, or agents to any other person
                  or entity.

         B.       The Recipient  covenants that it will not copy or reproduce in
                  whole or in part,  any of the  Confidential  Information,  and
                  upon termination of this Agreement for any reason  whatsoever,
                  the Recipient  will promptly  deliver to the  Discloser's  all
                  documents,  data,  records,  and  other  written  Confidential
                  Information.

         C.       The Recipient acknowledges that,  irrespective of other causes
                  for terminations  specified  elsewhere in this Agreement,  the
                  Recipient's   breach   of   protection   of  the   Discloser's
                  Confidential  Information shall constitute sufficient cause of
                  termination  of this  Agreement  at any time with  ninety days
                  written notice.

XII.      CONTINUATION

         In the event  that  either El Chico or SYGMA  should  sell its stock or
         assets to  another  entity  or be  merged  into  another  entity,  this
         contract shall remain in full force and effect.

XIII.    SPECIAL PRODUCT INDEMNIFICATION

         SYGMA's policy is that all suppliers provide  indemnity  agreements and
         insurance coverage for products purchased by SYGMA. In order to protect
         SYGMA when stocks proprietary/special order items at El Chico's request
         and the vendor of such items will not  provide a  reasonable  indemnity
         and/or  insurance  coverage,  El Chico will defend,  Indemnify and hold
         harmless  SYGMA and its  employees,  officers  and  directors  from all
         actions,  claims  and  proceedings,  and  any  judgments,  damages  and
         expenses  resulting  therefrom,  brought  by any  person or entity  for
         injury, illness and/or death or for damage to property in either case


CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           10

<PAGE>



         arising out of the delivery,  sale,  resale, use or consumption of' any
         proprietary/special  order item  except to the extent  such  claims are
         caused by the negligence of SYGMA, its agents or employees.

XIV.     FORCE MAJEURE

         If SYGMA is unable to perform its  obligations  under this agreement by
         reason of labor disputes,  strikes,  fire,  flood,  accident,  weather,
         civil disturbances, war, acts of God, failure of sources of supply, and
         like causes,  El Chico may secure its  requirements  from other sources
         for such periods of time as are reasonable under the circumstances.

XV.      NOTICES

         All notices  required or  permitted to be given  hereunder  shall be in
         writing and sent by United States registered or certified mail, postage
         prepaid,  return receipt  requested or (b) reputable  express  delivery
         service,  such as Federal Express,  Express Mail, DHL or UPS, addressed
         to the  parties  as  follows:  to El  Chico  Restaurants,  Inc.,  12200
         Stemmons Freeway,  Dallas, Texas 75234,  Attention:  Larry White and to
         The  SYGMA  Network,  Inc.,  7125 West  Jefferson  Avenue,  Suite  400,
         Lakewood,  Colorado 80235, Attention:  Jerry J. Eggebrecht. All notices
         shall be effective on receipt.

XVI.     WARRANTY

         SYGMA hereby  expressly  warrants  that all goods  furnished  hereunder
         shall conform to applicable  specifications,  brands,  samples or other
         rendered  descriptions,  that they shall be  unadulterated  and of high
         quality  and they shall be  merchantable  and fit for the  purpose  for
         which they are intended.

XVII.    TERM OF AGREEMENT

         This Agreement will be remain in effect for a minimum  three-year  term
         beginning June 30, 1996.  This Agreement  terminates and supersedes all
         prior agreements of the parties, whether written or oral.

XVIII.  TERMINATION

               A.   After the initial  three-year term of this  Agreement,  this
                    Agreement  can be  terminated  by either  party with written
                    notice one year in advance of termination.

               B.   El Chico has the right to terminate  this Agreement upon the
                    following circumstances:

                    1.   If El Chico has information and knowledge that SYGMA or
                         SYSCO  Corporation has significant  financial  problems
                         and will  have  difficulty  meeting  the  terms of this
                         Agreement, or



CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           11

<PAGE>



                    2.   If SYGMA has  significantly  breached the terms of this
                         Agreement  and has failed to cure such breach within 30
                         days following written notice thereof.

         C.       SYGMA  has the  right  to  terminate this  Agreement upon  the
                  following circumstances:

                    1.   If SYGMA has  information  and knowledge  that El Chico
                         has  significant   financial  problems  and  will  have
                         difficulty meeting the payment terms of this Agreement,
                         or

                    2.   If El Chico  has  significantly  breached  the terms of
                         this  Agreement  and has  failed  to cure  such  breach
                         within 30 days following  written notice thereof,  with
                         respect to  non-monetary  breaches,  or within one week
                         following  written  notice  thereof,  with  respect  to
                         monetary breaches.

         D.       Upon  termination,  El Chico  agrees to  purchase,  at SYGMA's
                  invoice cost plus freight to SYGMA's distribution centers, all
                  products in SYGMA's  inventory  which SYGMA has  purchased for
                  distribution  to El Chico.  El Chico also agrees to absorb all
                  freight costs, if any, associated with removing such inventory
                  from the SYGMA distribution centers.

XIX.     GOVERNING LAW

         This Agreement  shall be governed and construed in accordance  with the
laws of Texas.


Accepted this               day of                            , 19    .
              -------------        ---------------------------    ----

EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.

/s/Lawrence E. White
- --------------------
Lawrence E. White
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

THE SYGMA NETWORK, INC.

/s/Jerry J. Eggebrecht
- ----------------------
Jerry J. Eggebrecht
President



CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           12

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT I
                              El Chico Service Area




                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]






                              Twice a week delivery
                              Once a week delivery


                            Twice/Week Delivery Area
                          ---------------------------
    The Northern boundary to be Interstate 70 (1-70), extending East and West
between  the  boundaries  of the  Central  Standard  Time Zone  (CST).  From the
juncture  of I-70 at each  boundary of the CST,  extending  South to the Gulf of
Mexico on the East and US.-Mexico  border on the West. The southern  boundary is
the  natural  boundaries  formed by the  U.S.-Mexico  border  and/or the Gulf of
                                    Mexico.

                             Once/Week-Delivery Area
                         -----------------------------
     On the East, Interstate 25 (1-25) extending North from, El Paso, TX to
Denver, CO. On the North, Interstate 80 (I-80) extending East to Cleveland, OH.
On the East,  Interstate  77  (1-77)  extending  South to  Columbia,  S.C.  From
Columbia,  Interstate 20 (1-20) west to U.S. Highway I (U.S. 1) at Augusta,  GA;
and South on U.S. 1 to the  juncture of U.S. 1 and U.S.  84. U. S. 84  extending
West to the Eastern  boundary  of the CST and from  there,  South to the Gulf of
Mexico. The Southern boundary is formed by the natural boundaries referred to in
                       the twice per week delivery area.



CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           13

<PAGE>


                                 SYGMA/ EL CHICO
                       FRANCHISEE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

I, the undersigned,  by signature  hereon,  agree to all terms and conditions of
the Distribution Service Agreement (attached) (the Agreement) by and between The
SYGMA  Network,  Inc.,  (hereinafter  "SYGMA")  and El Chico  Restaurants,  Inc.
(hereinafter  "El Chico")  with  respect to purchases of Products (as defined in
the Agreement) from SYGMA as if Franchisee were El Chico as such term is used in
the Agreement.



- ----------------------------                      ------------------------------
Entity Name                                       Number of Restaurants


- ----------------------------
Signed by


- ----------------------------
Title


- ----------------------------
Date


CORPDAL:63523.1  14047-00001                           14


                           EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.

                               EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC. (the "Company") desires to adopt the EL
CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC. EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN effective as of January 1, 1994, for
the benefit of its eligible, highly compensated employees.

     NOW, THEREFORE, the EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC. EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN shall be
and is hereby adopted effective as of January 1, 1994, to read as follows:


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           1

<PAGE>



DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
         1.01 Definitions.  Where the following words and phrases appear in this
Plan,  they shall have the  respective  meanings set forth  below,  unless their
context clearly indicates to the contrary:

(1)      Accounts:  A Participant's Savings Account. This Account may be divided
         into subaccounts as appropriate.

(2)      Act:  The "Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974", as amended
         from time to time.

(3)      Authorized  Leave of  Absence:  Any absence  authorized  by the Company
         under the Company's  standard  personnel  practices,  provided that all
         persons  under  similar  circumstances  must be  treated  alike  in the
         granting of such Authorized Leaves of Absence.

(4)      Benefit  Disbursement Date: With respect to each Participant,  the date
         the first payment is made under this Plan to provide a benefit for such
         Participant  or his  beneficiary.  In  general,  this date shall  occur
         within  thirty  (30) days  after  the  Participant's  death,  certified
         disability or other severance from employment.

(5)      Code:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(6)      Commencement Date:  The  date on  which an  employee first  performs an
         Hour of Service.

(7)      Committee:  The  administrative committee appointed by the directors to
         administer the Plan.

(8)      Company:  El  Chico  Restaurants,   Inc.,  a  Texas  corporation  whose
         corporate offices are located in Dallas, Texas.

(9)      Compensation:  The total of all wages  and  other  amounts  paid by the
         Company or any Employing  Company (in the course of its business) to or
         for the benefit of an employee for services rendered or labor performed
         which is required to be reported on the employee's Form W-2, excluding,
         however, amounts paid or reimbursed by the company or employing Company
         for moving expenses incurred by the Employee (but only to the extent it
         is  reasonable  to believe at the time of the  payment  that the moving
         expenses will be deductible under Section 217 of the Code), and without
         regard to any rules that limit the amount to be included in wages based
         on the nature or location of the service performed. Notwithstanding the
         foregoing,  for purposes of Sections 1.01(11) and 4.01, a Participant's
         Compensation shall include amounts which he could have received in cash
         in lieu of a Savings  Deferral under this Plan and any salary  deferral
         or elective  contributions  under any code Section  401(k) or cafeteria
         plan.

(10)     Directors:  The Board of Directors of the Company.



CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           2

<PAGE>



(11)     Eligible  Employee:  Any  Salaried Employee: (i) whose  annual rate  of
         Compensation as  determined on  his commencement  Date, is in excess of
         the Fifty Thousand dollar ($50,000) amount set  forth in section 414(q)
         (1)(C) of the Code as adjusted  from time to  time by the  Secretary of
         the  Treasury; or  (ii) who,  for any year  after 1992  and immediately
         before  the  year for  which  eligibility  for participation  is  being
         determined, earned Compensation in excess  of the Fifty Thousand dollar
         ($50,000)  amount  set forth  in section  414(q)(1)(C) of the  Code, as
         adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury.

(12)     Employee:   Any individual  employed by  the Company,  or by  any other
         employing Company.

(13)     Employing Company: The Company and any other corporation,  association,
         partnership or proprietorship which adopts this Plan in accordance with
         the consent of the Company shall be called an "Employing Company". Such
         Employing Company shall be identified in Appendix A hereto.

(14)     Enrollment Form:  That form provided by the Committee pursuant to which
         the  Participant   authorizes  the   Company  to   reduce  his   future
         Compensation in the form of Savings Deferrals.

(15)     Hours of Service:  See Section 3.01(a) herein.

(16)     Participant:  Any employee who has met the eligibility requirements for
         participation  in this Plan as set forth in Article  III herein and has
         elected to participate by filing a properly executed Enrollment Form.

(17)     Plan:  El Chico  Restaurants,  Inc. Excess  Savings  Plan, which  is  a
         nonqualified,  unfunded plan  of deferred  compensation,  as it  may be
         amended from time to time.

(18)     Plan Quarter:  Any  three (3  consecutive  month  period commencing  on
         January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 of any Plan Year.

(19)     Plan Year:  Any twelve (12)  consecutive month  period commencing  upon
         January 1 of each year.

(20)     Salaried Employee:  An  Employee who is  listed in the  Company's books
         and paid on a salaried basis.

(21)     Savings Account: An individual bookkeeping account for each Participant
         to which is credited the Savings Deferrals made by such Participant and
         to which is credited or debited such Account's allocation of net income
         or net loss  determined on the basis of the performance of the fund, or
         funds, in which such account is considered to be invested. This account
         will   include  both  Savings   Deferrals  by   participants   and  any
         discretionary  company matching  contribution  made pursuant to Section
         4.02 hereof.



CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           3

<PAGE>



(22)     Savings Deferrals:  Deferrals made  under the Plan by a  Participant in
         accordance with the Participant's elections to defer Compensation under
         the Plan's deferral arrangement as described in Section 4.01.

(23)     Taxable Year:  The annual  accounting period adopted by the Company for
         federal income tax purposes.

(24)     Trust Agreement:  Any agreement entered into  between the Company and a
         Trustee establishing  a trust  to hold  and invest  some or all  of the
         contributions made under  the Plan and from  which the  benefits may be
         distributed.  Any such  agreement must  be a  model trust  agreement as
         approved by the  Internal revenue  Service in Rev.  Proc. 92-64  or its
         successor.

(25)     Trust Fund: Any funds and properties held pursuant to the provisions of
         the Trust  Agreement  for the use and benefit of the  Participants  and
         their  beneficiaries,  or the  creditors of the Company in the event of
         the  Company's  insolvency,  together  with  all  income,  profits  and
         increments thereto.

(26)     Trustee:  The trustee or trustees  qualified and acting under the Trust
         Agreement that may, at any time, form part of this Plan.

(27)     Valuation Date:   The  last  day  of  any calendar  month (or  the next
         preceding business day if such date falls on a weekend or holiday), and
         such other date(s) as the Committee may designate from time to time.

         1.02 Number and Gender.  Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the
singular shall be considered to include the plural and the plural to include the
singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in this Plan, shall be deemed to
include the feminine gender.

         1.03  Headings.  The  headings  of  Articles  and  Sections  herein are
included  solely  for  convenience  and if there is any  conflict  between  such
headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.


                                       II.

                                 ADMINISTRATION

         2.01 Appointment of Committee.  The general  administration of the Plan
shall be vested in the  Committee  which shall be appointed by the directors and
shall consist of three (3) or more persons.  Any  individual,  whether or not an
Employee,  is eligible to become a member of the  Committee.  Each member of the
Committee shall, before entering upon the performance of his duties,  qualify by
signing a consent to serve as a member of the  Committee  under and  pursuant to
the Plan and by filing such consent with the records of the Committee.



CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           4

<PAGE>



         2.02 Term,  Vacancies,  Resignation  and  Removal.  Each  member of the
Committee  shall  serve  for a term of one (1) year  and  thereafter  until  his
successor is appointed.  The  directors  may, in their  discretion,  reappoint a
member of the Committee for a subsequent  term or terms.  If at any time and for
any reason there is a vacancy on the  Committee,  the Directors  shall appoint a
substitute member to fill such vacancy for the remainder of the then current one
(1) year term.

         At any time during his term of office,  a member of the  Committee  may
resign by  giving  written  notice  to the  directors  and the  Committee,  such
resignation to become effective upon receipt by the Company.  At any time during
his term of office, and for any reason, a member of the Committee may be removed
by the directors.

         2.03  Officers,  Records  and  Procedures.  The  Committee  may  select
officers and may appoint a secretary who need not be a member of the  Committee.
The  Committee  shall  keep  appropriate  records  of its  proceedings  and  the
administration  of the Plan and shall  make  available  for  examination  during
business hours to any Participant or beneficiary of a deceased  participant such
records as pertain to that  individual's  interest  in the Plan.  The  Committee
shall  designate  the person or persons who shall be  authorized to sign for the
Committee  and, upon such  designation,  the signature of such person or persons
shall bind the Committee.

         2.04 Meetings.  The Committee  shall hold meetings upon such notice and
at such  time and  places  as it may from  time to time  determine.  Notice to a
member shall not be required if waived in writing by that member.  A majority of
the members of the Committee  duly appointed  shall  constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee
at any meeting where a quorum is present shall be by vote of a majority of those
present at such  meeting  and  entitled to vote.  Resolutions  may be adopted or
other action taken without a meeting upon written  consent  signed by all of the
members of the Committee.

         2.05  Self-Interest of  Participants.  No member of the Committee shall
have any right to vote or decide  upon any  matter  relating  solely to  himself
under the Plan or to vote in any case in which his individual right to claim any
benefit  under  the  Plan is  particularly  involved.  In any  case  in  which a
Committee  member is so  disqualified  to act, and the remaining  members cannot
disagree,  the directors shall decide the matter in which such Committee  member
is disqualified.

         2.06  Claims  Review.  Upon  retirement,  death or other  severance  of
employment,  a  Participant,   his  beneficiary  or  representative  shall  make
application  to the  Committee  requesting  payment of benefits  due him and the
manner of payment. The Committee shall accept, reject or modify such request and
shall no later  than  sixty  (60) days  after  receipt  of the claim  notify the
Participant,  beneficiary  or  representative  in  writing,  setting  forth  the
response  of the  Committee  and, in the case of a denial or  modification,  the
Committee shall:

     (a) state the specific reason or reasons for the denial or modification;

     (b) provide  specific  reference to pertinent Plan  provisions on which the
denial or modification is based;



CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           5

<PAGE>



     (c)  provide  a  description  of any  additional  material  or  information
necessary for the Participant,  his beneficiary or representative to perfect the
claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

     (d) explain the Plan's claim review procedure as contained herein.

In the event the request is denied or modified, and the participant, beneficiary
or representative desires to have such denial or modification reviewed, he must,
within  sixty  (60) days  following  receipt  of the  notice  of such  denial or
modification,  submit a  written  request  for  review by the  Committee  of its
initial  decision.  Within  sixty (60) days  following  such  request for review
(unless special circumstances, such as the need to hold a hearing, if necessary,
requires an extension of time for  processing,  in which case upon notice to the
claimant before the expiration of such sixty (60) day period,  such period shall
be  extended to one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days) the  Committee  shall,  after
providing a full and fair hearing,  render its final  decision in writing to the
Participant,  beneficiary or  representative  stating  specific reasons for such
decision.

         2.07  Compensation,  Bonding and  Expenses of  Committee  Members.  The
members of the Committee  shall not receive  compensation  with respect to their
services  for the  Committee.  To the extent  required  by  applicable  law,  or
required by the Company, members of the Committee shall furnish bond or security
for the performance of their duties hereunder. Any expenses properly incurred by
the Committee incident to the administration,  termination, or protection of the
Plan and Trust, including the cost of furnishing any bond or security,  shall be
paid as provided in Section 10.01.

         2.08 Committee  Powers and Duties.  The Committee  shall  supervise the
administration and enforcement of the Plan according to the terms and provisions
hereof  and shall  have all  powers  necessary  to  accomplish  these  purposes,
including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, authority and duty:

                    (a)  to  make   rules,   regulations   and  bylaws  for  the
                         administration  of the Plan which are not  inconsistent
                         with the terms and  provisions  hereof,  provided  such
                         rules,  regulations and bylaws are evidenced in writing
                         and copies  thereof are delivered to the Trustee and to
                         the Company;

                    (b)  to  construe  all  terms,  provisions,  conditions  and
                         limitations  of the Plan,  and in all such  cases,  the
                         construction  necessary  for the Plan to qualify  under
                         the applicable provisions of the Code shall control;

                    (c)  to  correct  any  defect  or  supply  any  omission  or
                         reconcile  any  inconsistency  that may  appear  in the
                         Plan,  in such  manner  and to such  extent as it shall
                         deem  expedient  to carry the Plan into  effect for the
                         greatest benefit of all interested parties;

                    (d)  to employ and compensate such  accountants,  attorneys,
                         investment  advisors and other agents and  employees as
                         the  Committee  may deem  necessary or advisable in the
                         proper and efficient administration of the Plan;


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           6

<PAGE>



                    (e)  to determine all questions relating to eligibility;

                    (f)  to determine the amount,  manner and time of payment of
                         any benefits  hereunder and to prescribe  procedures to
                         be followed by distributees in obtaining benefits;

                    (g)  to make a  determination  as to the right of any person
                         to a benefit under the Plan; and

                    (i)  to receive  and review  reports  from the Trustee as to
                         the  financial  condition of the Trust Fund,  including
                         its receipts and disbursements.

         Every interpretation,  choice,  determination or other exercise, by the
Committee of its discretion,  whether such discretion is either  expressly or by
implication  authorized  in this Plan,  shall be  conclusive  and binding on all
parties directly or indirectly  affected without  restriction,  however,  on the
right of the Committee in its sole and absolute  discretion  to  reconsider  and
redetermine such actions.

         2.09  Investment  Power.   Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
contained herein, in addition to the power to appoint an investment manager, the
Committee shall have the power to direct the Trustee as to any investments which
otherwise are to be made in the Trustee's  discretion;  provided,  however, that
should the  Committee  exercise  this power,  the  Trustee  shall be relieved of
liability with respect to investments to the extent permitted by law.

         2.10 Company to Supply  Information.  The Company shall supply full and
timely  information  to  the  Committee  relating  to  the  compensation  of all
Participants, their ages, their retirement, death or other cause for termination
of employment and such other pertinent  facts as the Committee may require.  The
Company  shall advise the Trustee of such of the  foregoing  facts as are deemed
necessary for the Trustee to carry out the Trustee's duties under the Plan. When
making a  determination  in connection  with the Plan,  the  Committee  shall be
entitled to rely upon the aforesaid information furnished by the Company.

         2.11 Company to Indemnify  Committee.  To the extent  permitted by law,
the Company shall  indemnify any member of the  Committee,  and any other person
who  performs  services  to the  Plan on an  uncompensated  basis,  and hold him
harmless against any and all liabilities,  losses, costs and expenses (including
legal fees and expenses) of  whatsoever  kind and nature which may be imposed on
or incurred by or asserted  against him at any time by reason of his services to
the Plan if he did not act dishonestly or otherwise in willful  violation of the
law under which such liability, cost or expense arises. This indemnity shall not
preclude such other indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased by
the  Company  or  under  any  bylaw,   agreement,   action  of  shareholders  or
disinterested  directors or otherwise,  to the extent permitted by law. Payments
of any indemnity,  expenses or fees under this Section shall be made solely from
assets of the Company and not, directly or indirectly, from trust funds.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           7

<PAGE>



                                      III.

                                  PARTICIPATION

         3.01(a) Eligibility.  Any Eligible Employee shall be entitled to become
a  Participant  commencing  with the first pay period  beginning on or after the
first day of the immediately following Plan Year provided such Eligible Employee
is at least 21 years of age and has completed  one (1) Year of Service.  A "Year
of Service" is defined as each Plan Year in which the Employee is credited  with
one thousand  (1,000) Hours of Service.  An "Hour of Service" is defined as each
hour for which the  Employee is paid or entitled to payment by the  Company,  an
Employing Company or any related employer under the Code. Hours of Service shall
be determined on the basis of months worked;  an Employee shall be credited with
one hundred  ninety (190) Hours of Service for a month if such Employee would be
credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during that month.

         Any Eligible  Employee who was a Participant  prior to a termination of
his employment  shall be eligible to become a Participant  immediately  upon his
reemployment (or, if later attaining status) as an Eligible Employee.

         Participation in the Plan is voluntary.  Any Eligible Employee entitled
to become a  Participant  may do so upon the date on which he first  becomes  so
entitled by executing  and filing with the  Committee,  prior to such date,  the
Enrollment Form prescribed by the Committee.  Any Eligible Employee who does not
become a Participant upon the date on which he first becomes entitled may become
a Participant  with the first pay period  beginning on or after the first day of
any subsequent  Plan Year by executing and filing such  Enrollment Form prior to
the first day of such Plan Year.

         3.01(b)  Effect  of  Change  in   Compensation.   If  a   Participant's
Compensation in a subsequent year drops below the dollar limitation  referred to
in Section 1.01(12)(ii), such Participant shall no longer be considered eligible
to  participate  (since he is no longer an Eligible  Employee) for the next Plan
Year or any  subsequent  Plan Year until he again becomes an Eligible  Employee.
Upon becoming an Eligible  Employee in a Plan Year,  the  participant  may again
make an election to participate  commencing with the first pay period  beginning
on or after the first day of the next following Plan Year.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           8

<PAGE>



                                       IV.

                              DEFERRED COMPENSATION

         4.01  Savings Deferrals.

         (a)      An eligible  Participant  may elect to defer from four percent
                  (4%) to one  hundred  percent  (100%)  of  Compensation  to be
                  credited to his Savings Account under the Plan.

                  Compensation  for a Plan Year not so deferred by such election
                  or by any other applicable  deferral  election [e.g.,  Section
                  125 of the Code]  shall be  received  by such  Participant  in
                  cash. A Participant's  initial  election to defer an amount of
                  his  Compensation  pursuant to this Section 4.01 shall be made
                  by properly  executing an Enrollment  Form. The reduction in a
                  Participant's  Compensation  for a Plan Year  pursuant  to his
                  election  under  an  enrollment  Form  shall  be  effected  by
                  Compensation  reductions as of each payroll period within such
                  Plan Year.

         (b)      An eligible Participant's Enrollment  Form shall  be effective
                  as to Compensation earned  on and  after the first  pay period
                  commencing on  or after the first  day of the  first Plan Year
                  after  it  is  executed.  An  Enrollment  Form, once executed,
                  shall remain in force and effect for all periods following the
                  date of its  execution until  modified  or terminated or until
                  such Participant terminates his employment.  A Participant who
                  has elected to defer a portion of  his Compensation may change
                  his deferral  election percentage within the percentage limits
                  set forth  in Subsection (a) above,  effective as of the first
                  pay period commencing on or after  the first day of any future
                  Plan Year, by  executing a  New  Enrollment Form  prior to the
                  first day of such Plan Year.

         (c)      An  eligible  Participant  may  cancel  his  enrollment  Form,
                  effective  as of the first pay period  commencing  on or after
                  the first day of any future Plan Year,  by executing  the form
                  prescribed  by the  Committee  for such  purpose  prior to the
                  beginning  of such future Plan Year.  An eligible  Participant
                  who  so  cancels  his   Enrollment   Form  may  resume  active
                  participation  in the  Plan,  effective  as of the  first  pay
                  period  commencing on or after the first day of any subsequent
                  Plan Year,  by  executing a new  Enrollment  Form prior to the
                  first day of such subsequent Plan Year.

         4.02 Employer Contributions. The Company and any Employing Company may,
in its sole and  absolute  discretion,  credit  discretionary  company  matching
contributions under the Plan after the end of each Plan Year in such amounts and
percentages of Savings  Deferrals of eligible  Participants for the Plan Year as
determined  by  the  Company  and  any  Employing  Company  at  that  time.  Any
discretionary company matching  contributions shall be credited to each eligible
Participant's  Savings  Account in accordance with the matching scheme set forth
by the Company or an Employing Company.



CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           9

<PAGE>



         4.03 Payments to Trustee.  Amounts  credited under the Plan may only be
contributed  directly to the Trust Fund at any time. On or about the date of any
such  contribution,  the  Committee  shall be  informed as to the amount of such
contribution.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           10

<PAGE>



                                       V.

                    ALLOCATIONS, ADJUSTMENTS AND WITHDRAWALS
                           IN ACCOUNT VALUES OF FUNDS

         5.01  Allocation of Deferrals.

         (a)      Savings  Deferrals  made by a Participant  pursuant to Section
                  4.01 shall be credited to such  Participant's  Savings Account
                  as of the  last  day of the  pay  period  in  which  they  are
                  deferred.

         (b)      Each Participant's  Accounts shall be divided into subaccounts
                  to reflect  such  Participant's  investment  designation  in a
                  particular  fund  option(s)  pursuant  to  Section  5.03,  his
                  distribution designation made on the enrollment Form or Forms,
                  or for any other good administrative purpose.

         5.02  Valuation of Accounts and Adjustment for Earnings and Losses.

         (a)      A  Participant's   Accounts  shall  be  adjusted  as  of  each
                  applicable  Valuation  Date to  reflect  the  earnings  and/or
                  losses  that would have  resulted if those  Accounts  had been
                  invested in accordance with the Participant's selection of the
                  mutual fund options  described in Section  5.03.  All Accounts
                  and subaccounts shall be valued at fair market value as of the
                  Valuation Date.

         (b)      If a Participant's  employment is terminated for any reason or
                  he is no longer  eligible to  participate  in this Plan,  such
                  participant's  Savings  Account under this Plan shall continue
                  to receive  periodic  adjustments  pursuant  to this  Section;
                  provided,  however,  that the value of such  Account as of the
                  date of the  preceding  Valuation  Date  shall  reduced by the
                  amount of any payments made  therefrom  since the date of such
                  preceding valuation.

         5.03  Investment Options.

         (a)      Subject  to  any   limitations  in  Section  5  of  the  Trust
                  Agreement, a Participant may designate how much of his Savings
                  Deferrals  and  Savings  Account  shall  be  considered  to be
                  invested in each fund option. Subject to Subsection (c) below,
                  a Participant  may  designate all of his Savings  Deferrals to
                  any one fund option or any combination of fund options so long
                  as the  percentage  designated  to any one  fund  option  is a
                  specified whole percentage of his Savings Deferrals of Savings
                  Account. No other type of designation will be permitted.

         (b)      Subject to any limitation in Section 5 of the Trust Agreement,
                  a Participant may change his option designation for his future
                  Savings Deferrals,  at any time, effective as of the first day
                  of the first pay  period  beginning  in the next Plan  Quarter
                  and/or  his  designation  for  his  existing  Savings  Account
                  balances, effective as of the first day of


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           11

<PAGE>



                  the next Plan  Quarter,  by  instruction  through a  telephone
                  access  system made before the beginning of such Plan Quarter.
                  Any and all changes in options  shall be in whole  percentages
                  of his Savings Deferrals or his Savings Account balance.

         5.04  Withdrawals.

         (a)      A  Participant  who  has  an   unforeseeable   emergency,   as
                  determined  by the  Committee,  may withdraw  from his Savings
                  Account an amount not to exceed the lesser of:

                  (i)      the  then  value  of  his  Savings  Account as of the
                           Valuation  Date  coincident   with   or   immediately
                           preceding the withdrawal, or

                  (ii)     the lesser amount  determined by the Committee  under
                           the standards set forth  herein,  as being  available
                           for withdrawal pursuant to this Section.

                  For purposes of this Section,  "unforeseeable emergency" means
                  an  unanticipated  emergency that is caused by an event beyond
                  the control of the Participant and that would result in severe
                  financial hardship to the Participant if early withdrawal were
                  not permitted. A withdrawal based upon unforeseeable emergency
                  pursuant to this section shall not exceed the amount  required
                  to  meet  the   immediate   financial   need  created  by  the
                  unforeseeable  emergency (including the amount required to pay
                  taxes due on the withdrawal) and not reasonably available from
                  other resources of the Participant.  The  determination of the
                  existence of a Participant's  unforeseeable  emergency and the
                  amount  required to be distributed to meet the need created by
                  the unforeseeable emergency shall be made by the Committee.

         (b)      A  Participant  may elect to withdraw the full value of his or
                  her Savings  Account by making an election in accordance  with
                  any  uniform  procedure  prescribed  by the  Committee  and in
                  effect from time to time,  any such  election must be made two
                  (2) years before the date the  withdrawal is to be made and is
                  irrevocable  once made.  Commencing as of the beginning of the
                  Plan  quarter   after  the   withdrawal   is   received,   the
                  Participant's  right to make any  Salary  Deferrals  under the
                  Plan shall be suspended for two (2) complete years.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           12

<PAGE>



                                       VI.

                               SEVERANCE BENEFITS

         6.01 Severance Benefit. Each Participant whose employment is terminated
for any reason other than certified  disability or death shall be paid a benefit
equal in value to the value of his  savings  Account  (inclusive  of any Savings
Deferrals  credited after a Valuation Date), as of the Valuation Date coincident
with or immediately preceding his Benefit Disbursement Date.

         A   Participant   shall  at  all  times  have  a  100%   fully   vested
nonforfeitable interest in his Savings Account.

         6.02  Termination of Employment.  The following  shall not constitute a
termination  of employment  for purposes of  distribution  of benefits under the
Plan:

         (a)      An  Authorized  Leave  of  Absence,  provided,  however,  that
                  failure  to  return  to the  employ  of the  Company  upon the
                  expiration   of  such   authorized   Leave  of  Absence  shall
                  constitute a termination as of the date of such expiration; or

         (b)      Transfer to employment with any Employing Company.

         6.03 Sale of Assets. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to
the contrary,  in the event that either the Company or other  Employing  Company
sells  substantially  all of its  assets  used by in its trade or  business,  an
Employee who continues employment with the entity acquiring such assets shall be
considered  to have  severed  employment  and  shall be  entitled  to  receive a
distribution in an amount equal in value to the value of his Account  determined
as of the Valuation Date  coincident  with or immediately  preceding his Benefit
Disbursement Date.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           13

<PAGE>



                                      VII.

                               DISABILITY BENEFITS

         7.01 Disability Determined.  Upon written request by the Participant or
upon the  Committee's own  initiative,  the Committee shall determine  whether a
participant  has become  unable to perform the duties of his  position  due to a
physical or mental disability and shall so notify such Participant  within sixty
(60)  days  thereafter.  A  Participant  shall be  considered  disabled  if such
disability is so certified by the Committee and,  unless waived by the Committee
as unnecessary,  supported by a written  medical  opinion that such  participant
will be incapable of performing his job for physical or mental reasons.

         7.02  Disability  Benefits.  In  the  event  of  the  disability  of  a
Participant,  as of the Committee's  certification thereof, such Participant and
shall be paid a  benefit  equal in value to the value of his  Account  as of the
Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding his Benefit Disbursement
Date.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           14

<PAGE>



                                      VIII.

                                 DEATH BENEFITS

         8.01 Death Benefits. Upon the death of a Participant, the Participant's
beneficiary  shall be entitled  to a benefit  equal in value to the value of the
Participant's  Savings  Account  as of the  Valuation  Date  coincident  with or
immediately preceding his Benefit Disbursement Date.

         8.02  Designation of Beneficiaries.

                    (a)  Each Participant  shall have the unrestricted  right to
                         designate the beneficiary or  beneficiaries  to receive
                         payment of his benefit.  Each such designation shall be
                         made by executing a "Beneficiary  Designation Form" and
                         filing same with the  Committee.  Any such  designation
                         may  be  changed  at any  time  by  execution  of a new
                         designation   in   accordance    with   this   Section.
                         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if a Participant who is
                         married on the date of his death  designates other than
                         his   surviving   spouse  as  his   beneficiary,   such
                         designation  shall not be  effective  unless:  (i) such
                         spouse  has  consented  thereto  in  writing,  and such
                         consent acknowledges the effect of such designation and
                         is witnessed by a Plan  representative  (other than the
                         Participant)  or a notary public;  or (ii) such consent
                         may not be  obtained  because  such  spouse  cannot  be
                         located or because of other circumstances  described by
                         applicable Treasury regulations.

                    (b)  If no such  designation  is on file with the Committee,
                         at the  time of the  death of the  Participant  or such
                         designation   is  not   effective  for  any  reason  as
                         determined  by  the  Committee,   then  the  designated
                         beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  to receive such benefit
                         shall be as follows:

                        (1)  If a  Participant  leaves a  surviving spouse,  his
                        benefit shall be paid to such surviving spouse;

                        (2)  If  a  Participant  leaves  no   surviving  spouse,
                        his benefit shall be paid to such Participant's executor
                        or administrator.

         8.03 Benefits Payable to Minors or Other Persons with Limited Financial
Responsibility. If any amount is payable under this Plan either to a minor or to
any   beneficiary   who  appears  to  have  limited  or   restricted   financial
responsibility,  the Committee  shall have the sole and absolute right to either
pay such benefits to such person or to pay such  benefits to a custodial  parent
or guardian or guardian ad litem of such minor or other person or to the trustee
of a Medicare support trust for such person,  or to such other person or persons
as the committee shall determine. The Committee shall have the right but not the
duty to delay payments under this Plan until the committee's  receipt of a court
order  designating  the person to whom such payments  shall be made, the cost of
which shall be born by the beneficiary or guardian and not the Plan.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           15

<PAGE>



                                       IX.

                     TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

         9.01  Form of Benefits for Participants.  For all purposes of the Plan,
benefits shall be paid in a lump sum in cash.

         9.02  Death Benefits.  For purposes of article VIII, the  death benefit
for a deceased Participant shall be paid to his designated beneficiary in a lump
sum in cash.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           16

<PAGE>



                                       X.

                             ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS

         10.01 Payment of Expenses.  All expenses incident to the administration
of the Plan and any related Trust may be paid by the company and, if not paid by
the Company,  shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund and,  until paid,
shall constitute a claim against the Trust Fund which is paramount to the claims
of Participants and beneficiaries.

         10.02   Trust  Fund   Property.   All  income,   profits,   recoveries,
contributions,  and any and all moneys, securities and properties of any kind at
any time received or held by the Trustee  hereunder shall be held for investment
purposes in accordance with this Plan. The Committee shall maintain  accounts in
the name of each  Participant,  but the maintenance of an account  designated as
the account of a Participant  shall not mean that such participant  shall have a
greater or lesser  interest than that due him by operation of the Plan and shall
not be considered as  segregating  any funds or property from any other funds or
property  contained in the commingled funds. No Participant shall have any title
to any specific asset in the Trust Fund.

         10.03   Distributions   from  Participants'   Accounts.   Distributions
representing any or all of the credit value of a Participant's Accounts shall be
made by the Company or the Trustee only if,  when,  and in the amount and manner
directed in writing by the Committee.  Any distribution made to a Participant or
for his benefit shall be debited against such  participant's  Account value. The
trustee may make any payment  required  of the trustee  hereunder  by mailing or
delivering the Trustee's  check to the person to whom such payment is to be made
or may make such payment by a distribution  in kind or partly in kind and partly
in cash. The Company may act as the Trustee's  agent in delivering the Trustee's
check (or other property) to the person to whom a benefit payment is to be made.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           17

<PAGE>



                                       XI.

                                   TRUST FUND

         11.01  Trust Must Be Grantor  Trust.  As a means of  administering  the
amounts credited to participants and anticipating the liability the Company will
incur under the terms of this Plan, the Company may enter into one or more Trust
Agreements  with one or more Trustees and contribute to the Trust(s) assets that
shall be held therein  subject to the claims of the  Company's  creditors in the
event of the Company's  bankruptcy or insolvency  until paid to participants and
their  Beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in this Plan;
provided,  however,  that any such Trust  Agreement  and any assets  held by the
Trustee to assist it in meeting its  obligations  shall  conform to the terms of
the Internal  Revenue  Service  model  grantor  trust  agreement as set forth in
Revenue  Procedure  92-64 or its successor.  The Trust  Agreement may be amended
from time to time as the Company deems  advisable,  and as the Internal  Revenue
Service may require or permit,  in order to effectuate  the purpose of the Plan.
In the event of the merger,  acquisition,  or reorganization of the Trustee, the
surviving  entity,  if still  empowered  with trust  powers,  shall  continue as
Trustee unless and until removed as otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           18

<PAGE>



                                      XII.

                                    FIDUCIARY

         12.01  Article Controls.  This Article shall control over any contrary,
inconsistent or ambiguous provisions contained in the Plan.

         12.02 General Allocation of Duties.  each fiduciary with respect to the
Plan  shall  have only  those  specific  powers,  duties,  responsibilities  and
obligations as are  specifically  given him under the Plan. The Directors  shall
have the sole  responsibility for authorizing  contributions  under the Plan and
shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove members of the Committee and
to amend or terminate  this Plan in whole or in part.  The directors  shall also
have the  authority  to appoint  and  remove the  Trustee  and to  override  the
authority  of the  Committee in this  regard.  Except as otherwise  specifically
provided, the Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for the administration,
investment  and  management  of the assets  held under the Plan.  It is intended
under the Plan that each fiduciary  shall be responsible for the proper exercise
of his own powers, duties,  responsibilities and obligations hereunder and shall
not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another  fiduciary except to
the extent provided by law or as specifically provided herein.

         12.03   Delegation   and   Allocation.   The   Committee   may  appoint
subcommittees,  individuals  or any other agents as it deems  advisable  and may
delegate  to any of such  appointees  any or all of the powers and duties of the
Committee.  Such  appointment and delegation must be in writing,  specifying the
powers or  duties  being  delegated,  and must be  accepted  in  writing  by the
delegatee.  Upon such  appointment,  delegation and  acceptance,  the delegating
Committee  members shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of any such
delegatee,  as long as the  delegating  Committee  members do not violate  their
fiduciary responsibility in making or continuing such delegation.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           19

<PAGE>



                                      XIII.

                                   AMENDMENTS

         No  amendment  of the  Plan may be made  which  would  reduce  any then
nonforfeitable  interest of a  Participant.  Subject to these  limitations,  the
Company may make any  amendment  to the Plan  including,  but not limited to, an
increase or decrease of deferrals or contributions,  a change or modification of
the  method  of  allocation  of  contributions,  or a change  of the  provisions
relating to the administration of the Plan.

         In the event of an amendment,  each employing company will be deemed to
have  consented  to and  adopted  the  amendment  unless the  Employing  Company
notifies  El Chico  Restaurants,  Inc.,  the  Committee  and the  Trustee to the
contrary  in writing  within  thirty  (30) days  after  receipt of a copy of the
amendment,  in which case the rejection  will  constitute a withdrawal  from the
Plan and Trust by that Employing Company.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           20

<PAGE>



                                      XIV.

                DISCONTINUATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND TERMINATION

         14.01 Declaration of Intent.  The Company has established the Plan with
the bona fide intention and  expectation  that from year to year it will be able
to,  and will  deem it  advisable  to,  maintain  the Plan as  herein  provided.
However,   the  Company  realizes  that  circumstances  not  now  foreseen,   or
circumstances  beyond its control,  may make it either impossible or inadvisable
to continue the Plan. Therefore, the Company shall have the power to discontinue
credits under the Plan,  terminate  the Plan or partially  terminate the Plan at
any time  hereafter.  Each  member of the  Committee  and the  Trustee  shall be
notified of such discontinuance, termination or partial termination.

         14.02 Administration of Plan in Case of Discontinuance of Contributions
         or Termination.

         (a)      Unless the Plan is otherwise  amended prior to  dissolution of
                  the  Company,  the  Plan  shall  terminate  as of the  date of
                  dissolution of the Company.

         (b)      Upon discontinuance or termination, any previously unallocated
                  contributions,  credits and net increment  (or net  decrement)
                  shall be allocated  among the Accounts of the  Participants on
                  such date of  discontinuance  or termination  according to the
                  provisions of Article V, as if such date of  discontinuance or
                  termination  were  a  Valuation  Date.  Thereafter,   the  net
                  increments (or net decrements)  shall continue to be allocated
                  to the  Accounts of the  Participants  until the  balances are
                  distributed.  In the  event  of  termination,  the date of the
                  final distribution shall be treated as a Valuation Date.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           21

<PAGE>



                                       XV.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         15.01 Not Contract of Employment.  The adoption and maintenance of this
Plan shall not be deemed to be a contract  between the Company and any person or
to be consideration  for the employment of any person.  Nothing herein contained
shall be deemed to give any person the right to be retained in the employ of the
Company or to restrict the right of the Company to  discharge  any person at any
time nor shall the Plan be deemed to give the  Company  the right to require any
person to remain in the employ of the Company or to restrict any person's  right
to terminate his employment at anytime .

         15.02  Rights to  Payments  of a Claim  Against  General  Assets of the
Company.  This Plan is intended to be an unfunded  plan for purposes of the Code
and Title I of the Act. A  Participant's  status to enforce his rights under the
Plan is  that of a  general  unsecured  creditor  of the  Company  and the  Plan
constitutes  a mere  promise by the Company or other  Employing  Company to make
benefit payments in the future.

         15.03  Alienation  of Interest  Forbidden.  No right or interest of any
kind in any benefit shall be  transferable  or assignable by any  Participant or
any  beneficiary  or  be  subject  to  anticipation,   adjustment,   alienation,
encumbrance,  garnishment,  attachment,  execution or levy or any other legal or
equitable process.

         15.04 Severability. If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal
or invalid for any reason,  said  illegality or invalidity  shall not affect the
remaining  provisions hereof;  instead,  each provision shall be fully severable
and the Plan  shall be  construed  and  enforced  as if said  illegal or invalid
provision had never been included herein.

         15.05  Jurisdiction.  The situs of the Plan  hereby  created  is Dallas
County,  Texas. All provisions of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Texas except to the extent preempted by federal law.


CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           22

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, El Chico Restaurants, Inc. has caused this Plan to
be executed this 1st day of January, 1994 .

         EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.



ATTEST:/s/John A. Cuellar                          By:/s/Lawrence E. White
       -------------------                            --------------------------
          Secretary                                Name:Lawrence E. White
                                                        ------------------------
                                                   Its:
                                                       -------------------------




CORPDAL:63526.1  14047-00001                           23

<PAGE>
                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

                           EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.

                               EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN

                              W I T N E S S E T H:


         WHEREAS, EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC. (the "Company") adopted the EL
CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC. EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN effective as of January 1, 1994,
for the benefit of its eligible, highly compensated employees;

         WHEREAS,  the Company  reserved the right to amend the Plan and desires
to amend the Plan, effective January 1, 1996;

         NOW, THEREFORE, the EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC. EXCESS SAVINGS
PLAN is hereby amended as follows:

         The first  paragraph of Section  3.01(a) of the Plan is amended to read
as follows:

                  3.01(a)  Eligibility.  Any Eligible Employee shall be entitled
         to become a Participant  commencing with the first pay period beginning
         on or after  the  first  day of the  immediately  following  Plan  Year
         provided  such  Eligible  Employee  is at  least  21  years  of age and
         commenced employment with the Employing Company no later than July 1 of
         the year.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, El Chico Restaurants, Inc. has caused this First
Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 29th day of December, 1995.
                                      

                                             EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.


                                             By:/s/Lawrence E. White
                                                -----------------------
                                             Name:Lawrence E. White
                                                  ---------------------
                                             Its:Executive Vice President
                                                 -------------------------
ATTEST:



- ----------------------------
Secretary

CORPDAL:63525.1  14047-00001

<PAGE>


                             AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO
                            THE EL CHICO SAVINGS PLAN

                                   WITNESSETH:

        WHEREAS, EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC. (the "Company") adopted The El Chico
Savings Plan effective as of January 1, 1985 and  restated as of October 1,1995,
for the benefit of its eligible employees;

        WHEREAS, the Company reserved the  right to amend the restated Plan, and
desires to adopt this First Amendment to the Plan, effective January 1, 1997;

        Section 1.8 of the Plan is  amended to read as follows:

        "Compensation" with respect  to any participant means such participant's
wages as defined in Code Section  3401(a) and all other payments of compensation
by the Employer (in the course of the  employer's  trade or business) for a Plan
Year for which the  Employer is required  to furnish the  participant  a written
statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. "Compensation" shall
exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses  incurred
by a  Participant,  but only to the extent that at the time of the payment it is
reasonable to believe that these amounts are deductible by the Participant under
Section 217.  Compensation must be determined  without regard to any rules under
Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration  included in wages based on the
nature or location of the  employment  or the  services  performed  (such as the
exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

           for purposes of this Section, the determination of compensation shall
           be made by:

                  (a) including  amounts which are  contributed  by the Employer
pursuant to a salary  reduction  agreement  and which are not  includable in the
gross  income  of  the   Participant   under  Code  Sections   125,   402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B),  403(b)  or 457,  and  employee  contributions  described  in Code
Section 414(h)(2) that are treated as Employer contributions.

                  (b)  excluding   amounts  realized  from  the  exercise  of  a
non-qualified  stock option, or when restricted stock held by an employee either
becomes freely  transferable  or is no longer  subject to a substantial  risk of
forfeiture.  Compensation  shall be determined  without regard to any rules that
limit the amount to be  included in wages based on the nature or location of the
service performed.

       (the balance of this  section to remain as listed  in the October 1, 1995
plan document).

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, El Chico Restaurants, Inc. has caused this First Plan
Amendment to the Plan be executed this 6th day of February, 1997.
                                     

                                             EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.

                                             By:/s/Lawrence E. White
                                                -----------------------
                                             Name:Lawrence E. White
                                                  ---------------------
                                             Title:Executive Vice President
                                                   ------------------------
CORPDAL:63525.1  14047-00001

<PAGE>
                             SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE

                           EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.

                               EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN

                               W I T N E S S T H:

        WHEREAS, EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC. (the "Company") adopted the EL CHICO
RESTAURANTS, INC.  EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN  effective as of January 1, 1994, for the
benefit of its eligible, highly compensated employees;

        WHEREAS,  the  Company reserved the right to amend the Plan, and desires
to adopt this Second Amendment to the Plan, effective January 1, 1997;

        NOW,  THEREFORE the  EL CHICO  RESTAURANTS,  INC. EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN is
 hereby amended as follows:

                                    F I R S T

         Section 1.01(9) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

                  (9)      Compensation:  The  total  of  all  wages  and  other
                           amounts paid by the Company or any Employing  Company
                           (in the course of its business) to or for the benefit
                           of  an  Employee  for  services   rendered  or  labor
                           performed  which is  required  to be  reported on the
                           Employee's Form W-2, excluding,  however, (i) amounts
                           paid  or  reimbursed  by  the  Company  or  Employing
                           Company for moving expenses  incurred by the Employee
                           (but only to the extent it is  reasonable  to believe
                           at the time of the payment  that the moving  expenses
                           will be  deductible  under  Section 217 of the Code),
                           and (ii)  amounts  realized  from the  exercise  of a
                           non-qualified  stock option, or when restricted stock
                           held   by   an   employee   either   becomes   freely
                           transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
                           risk of forfeiture.  Compensation shall be determined
                           without  regard to any rules that limit the amount to
                           be  included in wages based on the nature or location
                           of  the  service   performed.   Notwithstanding   the
                           foregoing, for purposes of Section 1.01(11) and 4.01,
                           a  Participant's  Compensation  shall include amounts
                           which he  could  have  received  in cash in lieu of a
                           Savings  Deferral  under  this  Plan  and any  salary
                           deferral  or  elective  contributions  under any Code
                           Section 401(k) or cafeteria plan.

                                                    S E C O N D

         Section 1.01(11) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

                  (11)     Eligible  Employee:  Any  Salaried  Employee  who  is
                           included within  a "select  group  of  management  or
                           highly compensated employees," as such term is

CORPDAL:63576.1 14047-00001

<PAGE>



                           used in Section 401(a)(1) of ERISA, who is designated
                           by the Committee as eligible to  participate  in this
                           Plan;  provided,  however,  that in the  absence of a
                           written Committee resolution  specifying the Eligible
                           Employees for a Plan Year, a Salaried  Employee shall
                           be an  Eligible  Employee  for a  Plan  year  if  the
                           Employee's   annual  rate  of  Compensation  for  the
                           preceding Plan Year (or, for a newly hired  Employee,
                           determined on his Commencement  Date) is in excess of
                           the Eighty  Thousand Dollar  ($80,000.00)  amount set
                           forth  in  Section  414(q)(1)(B)(i)  of the  Code  as
                           adjusted  from time to time by the  Secretary  of the
                           treasury.

                                                     T H I R D

         Section 4.01(a) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

                  4.01     Savings Deferrals.

                  (a)      An eligible Participant may elect to defer from three
                           percent  (3%)  to  one  hundred   percent  (100%)  of
                           Compensation  to be credited  to his Savings  Account
                           under the Plan.

                           Compensation  for a Plan Year not so deferred by such
                           election or by any other applicable deferral election
                           [e.g.,  Section 125 of the Code] shall be received by
                           such  Participant  in cash. A  Participant's  initial
                           election  to  defer  an  amount  of his  Compensation
                           pursuant  to  this  Section  4.01  shall  be  made by
                           properly  executing an Enrollment Form. The reduction
                           in a  Participant's  Compensation  for  a  Plan  Year
                           pursuant to his  election  under an  Enrollment  Form
                           shall be effected by  Compensation  reductions  as of
                           each payroll period within such Plan Year.


CORPDAL:63576.1 14047-00001

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, El  Chico Restaurants, Inc. has  caused this Second
Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 12th day of December, 1996.

                                                 EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.



                                                 By:/s/Lawrence E. White
                                                    -------------------------
                                                 Name:/s/Lawrence E. White
                                                      -----------------------
                                                 Its:Executive Vice President
                                                     ------------------------

ATTEST:
/s/Susan R. Holland
- -------------------------
Secretary


CORPDAL:63576.1 14047-00001

<PAGE>


                             SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE

                           EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.

                               EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN

                               W I T N E S S T H:

        WHEREAS, EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC. (the "Company") adopted the EL CHICO
RESTAURANTS, INC.  EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN  effective as of January 1, 1994, for the
benefit of its eligible, highly compensated employees;

        WHEREAS,  the  Company reserved the right to amend the Plan, and desires
to adopt this Second Amendment to the Plan, effective January 1, 1997;

        NOW,  THEREFORE the  EL CHICO  RESTAURANTS,  INC. EXCESS SAVINGS PLAN is
 hereby amended as follows:

                                    F I R S T

         Section 1.01(9) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

                  (9)      Compensation:  The  total  of  all  wages  and  other
                           amounts paid by the Company or any Employing  Company
                           (in the course of its business) to or for the benefit
                           of  an  Employee  for  services   rendered  or  labor
                           performed  which is  required  to be  reported on the
                           Employee's Form W-2, excluding,  however, (i) amounts
                           paid  or  reimbursed  by  the  Company  or  Employing
                           Company for moving expenses  incurred by the Employee
                           (but only to the extent it is  reasonable  to believe
                           at the time of the payment  that the moving  expenses
                           will be  deductible  under  Section 217 of the Code),
                           and (ii)  amounts  realized  from the  exercise  of a
                           non-qualified  stock option, or when restricted stock
                           held   by   an   employee   either   becomes   freely
                           transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
                           risk of forfeiture.  Compensation shall be determined
                           without  regard to any rules that limit the amount to
                           be  included in wages based on the nature or location
                           of  the  service   performed.   Notwithstanding   the
                           foregoing, for purposes of Section 1.01(11) and 4.01,
                           a  Participant's  Compensation  shall include amounts
                           which he  could  have  received  in cash in lieu of a
                           Savings  Deferral  under  this  Plan  and any  salary
                           deferral  or  elective  contributions  under any Code
                           Section 401(k) or cafeteria plan.

                                                    S E C O N D

         Section 1.01(11) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

                  (11)     Eligible  Employee:  Any  Salaried  Employee  who  is
                           included within  a "select  group  of  management  or
                           highly compensated employees," as such term is

CORPDAL:63576.1 14047-00001

<PAGE>



                           used in Section 401(a)(1) of ERISA, who is designated
                           by the Committee as eligible to  participate  in this
                           Plan;  provided,  however,  that in the  absence of a
                           written Committee resolution  specifying the Eligible
                           Employees for a Plan Year, a Salaried  Employee shall
                           be an  Eligible  Employee  for a  Plan  year  if  the
                           Employee's   annual  rate  of  Compensation  for  the
                           preceding Plan Year (or, for a newly hired  Employee,
                           determined on his Commencement  Date) is in excess of
                           the Eighty  Thousand Dollar  ($80,000.00)  amount set
                           forth  in  Section  414(q)(1)(B)(i)  of the  Code  as
                           adjusted  from time to time by the  Secretary  of the
                           treasury.

                                                     T H I R D

         Section 4.01(a) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

                  4.01     Savings Deferrals.

                  (a)      An eligible Participant may elect to defer from three
                           percent  (3%)  to  one  hundred   percent  (100%)  of
                           Compensation  to be credited  to his Savings  Account
                           under the Plan.

                           Compensation  for a Plan Year not so deferred by such
                           election or by any other applicable deferral election
                           [e.g.,  Section 125 of the Code] shall be received by
                           such  Participant  in cash. A  Participant's  initial
                           election  to  defer  an  amount  of his  Compensation
                           pursuant  to  this  Section  4.01  shall  be  made by
                           properly  executing an Enrollment Form. The reduction
                           in a  Participant's  Compensation  for  a  Plan  Year
                           pursuant to his  election  under an  Enrollment  Form
                           shall be effected by  Compensation  reductions  as of
                           each payroll period within such Plan Year.


CORPDAL:63576.1 14047-00001

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, El  Chico Restaurants, Inc. has  caused this Second
Amendment to the Plan to be executed this __ day of __________, 1996.

                                                 EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.



                                                 By:
                                                    -------------------------
                                                 Name:
                                                      -----------------------
                                                 Its:
                                                     ------------------------

ATTEST:

- -------------------------
Secretary


CORPDAL:63576.1 14047-00001


                                   Exhibit 11

                           El Chico Restaurants, Inc.
                          Computation of Per Share Data
               (In thousands of dollars, except per share amounts)






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Year Ended December 31,
                                                   -----------------------------------------------
                                                        1996             1995             1994
                                                     -----------      -----------      -----------

Computation of earnings per share:
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>         
   Net earnings (loss)                              $     (3,062)    $      3,958     $      3,728
                                                   =============    =============    =============

   Weighted average number of common shares
     outstanding during the year                       3,885,710        4,017,086        4,108,910

   Net effect of dilutive stock options based
     on the treasury stock method using the
     average market price                                  6,751           29,403          151,382
                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------
   Shares used for computation                         3,892,461        4,046,489        4,260,292
                                                   =============    =============    =============

        Earnings (loss) per share                   $      (0.79)    $       0.98     $       0.88
                                                   =============    =============    =============
</TABLE>


                                   EXHIBIT 21
                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES


                                         JURISDICTION OF      VOTING STOCK OWNED
         NAME OF SUBSIDIARY                FORMATION            BY THE COMPANY

El Chico Realty Corporation                  Texas                   100%
Concepts, Inc.                               Texas                   100%
El Chico Bebidas Company                     Texas                    23%
El Chico Restaurants of Louisiana, Inc.      Delaware                100%
El Chico Corporation of Oklahoma, Inc.       Oklahoma                100%
El Chico Restaurant No. 20, Inc.             Delaware                100%
Southwest Cafes of Tennessee, Inc.           Tennessee               100%
El Chico Corporation                         Georgia                 100%
El Chico Corporation of Alabama              Alabama                 100%
El Chico Corporation of Florida              Florida                 100%
Pronto Design & Supply, Inc.                 Texas                   100%
Nuevo Ventures, Inc.                         Texas                   100%
El Chico Restaurants of Kentucky, Inc.       Kentucky                100%
El Chico Restaurants of Ohio, Inc.           Ohio                    100%
El Chico Restaurants of Indiana, Inc.        Indiana                 100%
El Chico Restaurants of Illinois, Inc.       Illinois                100%
El Chico Service Company                     Delaware                100%
ECRT, Inc.                                   Delaware                100%

NOTE:      Texas El Chico Restaurants, L.P. is a Limited Partnership between two
           wholly owned subsidiaries - El Chico Service Company and ECRT, Inc.


         SUBSIDIARIES OF CONCEPTS, INC.

                                              JURISDICTION OF VOTING STOCK OWNED
 NAME OF SUBSIDIARY                              FORMATION     BY CONCEPTS, INC.
Concepts Beverages of Oklahoma City, Inc.        Oklahoma           100%
Concepts Beverages of South Meridian, Inc.       Oklahoma           100%

         SUBSIDIARIES OF EL CHICO CORPORATION OF OKLAHOMA, INC.

                                                           VOTING STOCK OWNED BY
                                            URISDICTION  OF EL CHICO CORPORATION
         NAME OF SUBSIDIARY               INCORPORATION     OF OKLAHOMA, INC.

Bebidas Company of Tulsa, Inc.                  Oklahoma               100%
Bebidas Company of Oklahoma City, Inc.          Oklahoma               100%
Bebidas Company of Midwest City, Inc.           Oklahoma               100%
Bebidas Company of Tulsa No. 65, Inc.           Oklahoma               100%
Bebidas Company of Oklahoma City No. 36, Inc.   Oklahoma               100%
Bebidas Company of Oklahoma City No. 101, Inc.  Oklahoma               100%
Bebidas Company of Broken Arrow, Inc.           Oklahoma               100%
Bebidas Company of Oklahoma City No. 37, Inc.   Oklahoma               100%
Bebidas Company of Tulsa No. 23, Inc.           Oklahoma               100%
Bebidas Company of Edmond, Inc.                 Oklahoma               100%



                                   Exhibit 23


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT





The Board of Directors
El Chico Restaurants, Inc.:


We consent to  incorporation  by reference in the  registration  statements (No.
333-16699  and No.  33-63474) on Form S-8 of El Chico  Restaurants,  Inc. of our
report dated February 6, 1997, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of El
Chico  Restaurants,  Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and
the related  consolidated  statements of  operations,  changes in  stockholders'
equity,  and cash  flows for each of the years in the three  year  period  ended
December 31, 1996,  which report  appears in the December 31, 1996 annual report
on Form 10-K of El Chico Restaurants, Inc.





                                             KPMG Peat Marwick LLP



Dallas, Texas
March 25, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<CIK>                         0000719961
<NAME>                        EL CHICO RESTAURANTS, INC.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                         216
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  1,154
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0
<INVENTORY>                                    976
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               4,500
<PP&E>                                         67,542
<DEPRECIATION>                                 27,007
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 47,662
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          10,170
<BONDS>                                        0
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       475
<OTHER-SE>                                     25,810
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   47,662
<SALES>                                        101,698
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               104,481
<CGS>                                          27,016
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  108,921
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               (75)
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             686
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (5,051)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   (1,989)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            0
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (3,062)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  (.79)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  (.79)
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission